0% found this document useful (0 votes)
24 views169 pages

14 SG

This document is a user manual for the Futaba FASSTest-2.4GHz 14SG series digital proportional R/C system, providing essential information for both beginners and experienced users. It includes technical updates, programming examples, and troubleshooting guidance, emphasizing the importance of reading the manual for safe operation. Users are encouraged to consult the Futaba website for additional support and updates.

Uploaded by

259215086
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
24 views169 pages

14 SG

This document is a user manual for the Futaba FASSTest-2.4GHz 14SG series digital proportional R/C system, providing essential information for both beginners and experienced users. It includes technical updates, programming examples, and troubleshooting guidance, emphasizing the importance of reading the manual for safe operation. Users are encouraged to consult the Futaba website for additional support and updates.

Uploaded by

259215086
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 169

TM

TM

1M23N27907
TM

TM

Technical updates and additional programming examples available at: http://www.futaba-rc.com/faq


Entire Contents © 2012
7$%/(2)&217(176

INTRODUCTION............................................... 4 Ɣ+RZWRWXUQ212))WKHWUDQVPLWWHU .......... 34


Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ......................................... 4 :KHQWXUQLQJRQ ............................................ 34
:KHQWXUQLQJRII ............................................ 34
Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ ........... 5
/RZEDWWHU\DODUPDQGDXWRVKXWGRZQ ...... 34
Ɣ'H¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV ...................................... 6
:DUQLQJGLVSOD\DWSRZHURQ ........................ 34
Ɣ6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQV GRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXW
Ɣ5HJLVWUDWLRQRIWKHXVHU VQDPH ..................... 34
UHDGLQJ ............................................................. 6
Ɣ+RPHVFUHHQ .................................................... 35
8VHU0HQX ....................................................... 36
%()25(86( ................................................... 10
Ɣ/LQNSURFHGXUH 76*56% ............... 37
Ɣ)HDWXUHVRI6*............................................ 10
Ɣ5DQJHWHVWLQJ\RXU5&V\VWHP...................... 39
Ɣ&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV ........... 11
Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV....................................................... 12
5$&(,9(5$1'6(592,167$//$7,21 . 40
Ɣ7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV ....................................... 13
&DXWLRQVRQKDQGOLQJDQWHQQD ...................... 14 Ɣ5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRVFRQQHFWLRQ ..................... 40
/('PRQLWRU ................................................... 14 Ɣ6HUYRFRQQHFWLRQE\PRGHOW\SH .................... 41
6ZLWFK 6$6+ ............................................... 15
'LJLWDOWULP 77 ....................................... 15 02'(/%$6,&6(77,1*352&('85( ... 44
9ROXPH /'5' ............................................ 15
Ɣ$LUSODQHJOLGHUEDVLFVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH........ 44
6OLGH/HYHU /656 ....................................... 15
+20((;,780(18021%XWWRQ ........ 15 Ɣ+HOLFRSWHUEDVLFVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH ................ 46
Touch sensor ................................................... 16
6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ............................................. 17 )81&7,2162)6<67(00(18 ................ 50
6'FDUG ............................................................ 19 7UDLQHU ............................................................. 51
&RQQHFWRU3OXJ ............................................... 21 'LVSOD\ ............................................................. 54
,QVWDOODWLRQDQGUHPRYDORIWKHEDWWHU\ ........ 22 User Name ....................................................... 55
Ɣ5HFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH ................................... 24 6RXQG ............................................................... 56
Ɣ5HFHLYHU VDQWHQQDLQVWDOODWLRQ ...................... 26 +:6HWWLQJ..................................................... 57
6WDUW6(/ ....................................................... 59
Ɣ6DIHW\SUHFDXWLRQVZKHQLQVWDOOLQJVHUYRV ... 27
$XWR/RFN....................................................... 62
Ɣ6%866%86,QVWDOODWLRQ ............................ 28
,QIRUPDWLRQ .................................................... 63
Ɣ6%86:LULQJH[DPSOH ................................... 29 6%866HUYR .................................................... 64
Ɣ6%866\VWHP ................................................ 30
Ɣ6%866%86'HYLFHVHWWLQJ ......................... 31 )81&7,2162)/,1.$*(0(18 ............. 67
Ɣ7HOHPHWU\6\VWHP ............................................ 32 &RPPRQ)XQFWLRQV
/LQNDJH0HQXIXQFWLRQVWDEOH ...................... 67
%$6,&23(5$7,21 ....................................... 33 6HUYR0RQLWRU ................................................. 68
Ɣ%DWWHU\&KDUJLQJ ............................................ 33 0RGHO6HOHFW .................................................... 69
+RZWRFKDUJHWKH1L0+%DWWHU\ ................. 33 0RGHO7\SH...................................................... 71

2 <Table of Contents>
6\VWHP ............................................................. 73 3LWFK&XUYH $LU*OLG ................................. 117
)XQFWLRQ .......................................................... 76 7+5&XUYH $LURQO\ .................................. 118
6XE7ULP ......................................................... 78 7+5'HOD\ $LURQO\ ................................... 119
6HUYR5HYHUVH ................................................. 79 $,/'LIIHUHQWLDO ([FHSW$,/ ................. 120
)DLO6DIH ........................................................... 80 )ODS6HWWLQJ )/3DQGXS ........................ 121
(QG3RLQW ........................................................ 81 $,/WR&DPEHU)/3 $,/)/3DQGXS 
6HUYR6SHHG .................................................... 82 $,/WR%UDNH)/3 *OLGRQO\)/3 ........ 123
7KURWWOH&XW $LU+HOLRQO\ .......................... 83 $,/WR58' ................................................... 124
,GOH'RZQ $LURQO\ ...................................... 84 58'WR$,/ ................................................... 125
6ZDVK5LQJ +HOLRQO\ .................................. 85 &DPEHU0L[ ([FHSW$,/ ....................... 127
6ZDVK +HOLRQO\H[FHSW+ ........................ 86 (/(WR&DPEHU ([FHSW$,/ .................. 129
776HWWLQJ .................................................. 89 &DPEHU)/3WR(/( $,/)/3DQGXS 130
:DUQLQJ........................................................... 90 %XWWHUÀ\ *OLGRQO\QRUPDOZLQJ$,/DQG
7HOHPHWU\......................................................... 91 XSÀ\LQJZLQJ$,/)/3DQGXS ...... 131
7HOHPHWU\5[EDWW .......................................... 92 7ULP0L[ *OLGRQO\$,/DQGXS ........... 133
7HOHPHWU\([WYROW ......................................... 93 $LUEUDNH $LURQO\$,/DQGXS ............. 135
7HOHPHWU\WHPS............................................... 94 *\UR $LURQO\IRU*<$W\SHJ\UR ............ 137
7HOHPHWU\USP ................................................ 95 9WDLO .............................................................. 139
7HOHPHWU\DOWLWXGH .......................................... 96 $LOHYDWRU ........................................................ 140
7HOHPHWU\YDULR .............................................. 97 :LQJOHW )O\LQJZLQJRQO\ .......................... 141
7HOHPHWU\EDWWHU\ ........................................... 98 0RWRU ............................................................. 142
7HOHPHWU\GLVWDQFH ......................................... 99 58'WR(/( $LURQO\ ................................ 144
7HOHPHWU\VSHHG............................................ 101 6QDS5ROO $LURQO\ ..................................... 145
6HQVRU ............................................................ 102
Ɣ+HOLFRSWHU)XQFWLRQV .................................... 147
6HQVRUUHORDG ................................................ 103
0RGHO0HQXIXQFWLRQVOLVW ........................... 147
6HQVRUUHJLVWHU .............................................. 103
3,7&XUYH3LWWULP ....................................... 148
6HQVRUUHORFDWH ............................................. 104
7+5&XUYH7KURWWOHKRYHUWULP7KURWWOH
6HQVRUVHWVORW ............................................... 104
OLPLWHU ......................................................... 151
Data Reset ..................................................... 105
7+5+ROG...................................................... 154
6ZDVK0L[ ..................................................... 155
)81&7,2162)02'(/0(18 ............... 106 7+50L[ ....................................................... 156
Ɣ&RPPRQ)XQFWLRQV ...................................... 106 3,7WR58' 5HYROXWLRQPL[ ..................... 157
6HUYR0RQLWRU /LQNDJH0HQX *\UR IRU*<W\SHJ\UR .............................. 158
&RQGLWLRQ6HOHFW *OLG+HOLRQO\ ................ 107 *RYHUQRU ....................................................... 161
Dual Rate ...................................................... 109
3URJUDP0L[..................................................111 $33(1',; ...................................................... 164
)XHO0L[ $LU+HOLRQO\ .............................. 113 7LPHU6767 ............................................. 164
Ɣ$LUSODQH*OLGHU)XQFWLRQV ........................... 115 6ZLWFK6HWWLQJ0HWKRG ................................. 166
0RGHO0HQXIXQFWLRQVOLVW ........................... 115
<Table of Contents> 3
INTRODUCTION

Thank you for purchasing a Futaba® FASSTest-2.4GHz* 14SG series digital proportional R/C system. This
system is extremely versatile and may be used by beginners and pros alike. In order for you to make the
EHVW XVH RI \RXU V\VWHP DQG WR À\ VDIHO\ SOHDVH UHDG WKLV PDQXDO FDUHIXOO\ ,I \RX KDYH DQ\ GLI¿FXOWLHV
ZKLOHXVLQJ\RXUV\VWHPSOHDVHFRQVXOWWKHPDQXDORXURQOLQH)UHTXHQWO\$VNHG4XHVWLRQV RQWKHZHE
SDJHVUHIHUHQFHGEHORZ \RXUKREE\GHDOHURUWKH)XWDED6HUYLFH&HQWHU
*FASSTest: Futaba Advanced Spread Spectrum Technology extend system telemetry

'XHWRXQIRUHVHHQFKDQJHVLQSURGXFWLRQSURFHGXUHVWKHLQIRUPDWLRQFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVPDQXDOLVVXEMHFWWR
change without notice.

6XSSRUW DQG 6HUYLFH ,W LV UHFRPPHQGHG WR KDYH \RXU )XWDED HTXLSPHQW VHUYLFHG DQQXDOO\ GXULQJ \RXU
hobby’s “off season” to ensure safe operation.

IN NORTH AMERICA

3OHDVH IHHO IUHH WR FRQWDFW WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU IRU DVVLVWDQFH LQ RSHUDWLRQ XVH DQG SURJUDPPLQJ
3OHDVH EH VXUH WR UHJXODUO\ YLVLW WKH 6* )UHTXHQWO\$VNHG 4XHVWLRQV ZHE VLWH DW ZZZIXWDEDUFFRP
IDT 7KLV SDJH LQFOXGHV H[WHQVLYH SURJUDPPLQJ XVH VHW XS DQG VDIHW\ LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ WKH 6* UDGLR
system and is updated regularly. Any technical updates and US manual corrections will be available on this
ZHESDJH,I\RXGRQRW¿QGWKHDQVZHUVWR\RXUTXHVWLRQVWKHUHSOHDVHVHHWKHHQGRIRXU)$4DUHDIRU
information on contacting us via email for the most rapid and convenient response.

'RQ¶WKDYH,QWHUQHWDFFHVV",QWHUQHWDFFHVVLVDYDLODEOHDWQRFKDUJHDWPRVWSXEOLFOLEUDULHVVFKRROVDQG
RWKHUSXEOLFUHVRXUFHV:H¿QGLQWHUQHWVXSSRUWWREHDIDEXORXVUHIHUHQFHIRUPDQ\PRGHOHUVDVLWHPVFDQ
EHSULQWHGDQGVDYHGIRUIXWXUHUHIHUHQFHDQGFDQEHDFFHVVHGDWDQ\KRXURIWKHGD\QLJKWZHHNHQGRU
KROLGD\,I\RXGRQRWZLVKWRDFFHVVWKHLQWHUQHWIRULQIRUPDWLRQKRZHYHUGRQ¶WZRUU\2XUVXSSRUWWHDPV
are available Monday through Friday 8-5 Central time to assist you.

FOR SERVICE ONLY: FOR SUPPORT :


Futaba Service Center (PROGRAMMING AND USER QUESTIONS)
1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH 3OHDVHVWDUWKHUHIRUDQVZHUVWRPRVWTXHVWLRQV
&KDPSDLJQ,/ ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT
Phone: 217-398-0007 Fax: 217-398-7721
www.futaba-rc.com/service.html Phone: 217-398-8970 option 2
Email: [email protected]

OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA

3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXU)XWDEDLPSRUWHULQ\RXUUHJLRQRIWKHZRUOGWRDVVLVW\RXZLWKDQ\TXHVWLRQVSUREOHPV
or service needs.
3OHDVHUHFRJQL]HWKDWDOOLQIRUPDWLRQLQWKLVPDQXDODQGDOOVXSSRUWDYDLODELOLW\LVEDVHGXSRQWKHV\VWHPV
sold in North America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact your region’s support
center for assistance.
4 <Introduction>
$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ

7KLVSURGXFWPD\EHXVHGIRUPRGHODLUSODQHRUVXUIDFH ERDWFDUURERW XVH,WLVQRWLQWHQGHGIRUXVH


in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes. The product is
VXEMHFWWRUHJXODWLRQVRIWKH0LQLVWU\RI5DGLR7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQVDQGLVUHVWULFWHGXQGHU-DSDQHVHODZWR
such purposes.

2. Exportation precautions:
D :KHQWKLVSURGXFWLVH[SRUWHGIURPWKHFRXQWU\RIPDQXIDFWXUHLWVXVHLVWREHDSSURYHGE\WKHODZV
JRYHUQLQJWKHFRXQWU\RIGHVWLQDWLRQZKLFKJRYHUQGHYLFHVWKDWHPLWUDGLRIUHTXHQFLHV,IWKLVSURGXFWLV
WKHQUHH[SRUWHGWRRWKHUFRXQWULHVLWPD\EHVXEMHFWWRUHVWULFWLRQVRQVXFKH[SRUW3ULRUDSSURYDORIWKH
DSSURSULDWHJRYHUQPHQWDXWKRULWLHVPD\EHUHTXLUHG,I\RXKDYHSXUFKDVHGWKLVSURGXFWIURPDQH[SRUWHU
RXWVLGH \RXU FRXQWU\ DQG QRW WKH DXWKRUL]HG )XWDED GLVWULEXWRU LQ \RXU FRXQWU\ SOHDVH FRQWDFW WKH VHOOHU
immediately to determine if such export regulations have been met.

E 8VHRIWKLVSURGXFWZLWKRWKHUWKDQPRGHOVPD\EHUHVWULFWHGE\([SRUWDQG7UDGH&RQWURO5HJXODWLRQV
DQGDQDSSOLFDWLRQIRUH[SRUWDSSURYDOPXVWEHVXEPLWWHG7KLVHTXLSPHQWPXVWQRWEHXWLOL]HGWRRSHUDWH
HTXLSPHQWRWKHUWKDQUDGLRFRQWUROOHGPRGHOV

 0RGLILFDWLRQ DGMXVWPHQW DQG UHSODFHPHQW RI SDUWV )XWDED LV QRW UHVSRQVLEOH IRU XQDXWKRUL]HG
PRGLILFDWLRQ DGMXVWPHQW DQG UHSODFHPHQW RI SDUWV RQ WKLV SURGXFW$Q\ VXFK FKDQJHV PD\ YRLG WKH
warranty.

Compliance Information Statement (for U.S.A.)


7KLVGHYLFHWUDGHQDPH)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQRI$PHULFDPRGHOQXPEHU56%FRPSOLHVZLWKSDUWRI
WKH)&&5XOHV2SHUDWLRQLVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJWZRFRQGLWLRQV
 7KLVGHYLFHPD\QRWFDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHDQG
  7KLV GHYLFH PXVW DFFHSW DQ\ LQWHUIHUHQFH UHFHLYHG LQFOXGLQJ LQWHUIHUHQFH WKDW PD\ FDXVH XQGHVLUHG
operation.
The responsible party of this device compliance is:
Futaba Service Center
1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH&KDPSDLJQ,/86$
7(/  RU(PDLOVXSSRUW#IXWDEDUFFRP 6XSSRUW
7(/  RU(PDLOVHUYLFH#IXWDEDUFFRP 6HUYLFH 

7KH 5%5& 6($/ RQ WKH QLFNHOFDGPLXP EDWWHU\ FRQWDLQHG LQ )XWDED SURGXFWV LQGLFDWHV WKDW
Futaba Corporation of America is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide program to collect
DQGUHF\FOHWKHVHEDWWHULHVDWWKHHQGRIWKHLUXVHIXOOLYHVZKHQWDNHQRXWRIVHUYLFHZLWKLQWKH
8QLWHG 6WDWHV7KH 5%5& SURJUDP SURYLGHV D FRQYHQLHQW DOWHUQDWLYH WR SODFLQJ XVHG QLFNHO
FDGPLXPEDWWHULHVLQWRWKHWUDVKRUPXQLFLSDOZDVWHV\VWHPZKLFKLVLOOHJDOLQVRPHDUHDV.
 IRU86$ 
You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery. Please
FDOO %$77(5< IRU LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ 1L&G EDWWHU\ UHF\FOLQJ LQ \RXU DUHD )XWDED &RUSRUDWLRQ RI
America's involvement in this program is part of its commitment to protecting our environment and
conserving natural resources.

5%5&LVDWUDGHPDUNRIWKH5HFKDUJHDEOH%DWWHU\5HF\FOLQJ&RUSRUDWLRQ

<Introduction> 5
Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement (for U.S.A.)

7KLVHTXLSPHQWKDVEHHQWHVWHGDQGIRXQGWRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHOLPLWVIRUD&ODVV%GLJLWDOGHYLFHSXUVXDQW
to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation.
7KLV HTXLSPHQW JHQHUDWHV XVHV DQG FDQ UDGLDWH UDGLR IUHTXHQF\ HQHUJ\ DQG LI QRW LQVWDOOHG DQG XVHG LQ
DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVPD\FDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHWRUDGLRFRPPXQLFDWLRQV+RZHYHUWKHUH
LV QR JXDUDQWHH WKDW LQWHUIHUHQFH ZLOO QRW RFFXU LQ D SDUWLFXODU LQVWDOODWLRQ ,I WKLV HTXLSPHQW GRHV FDXVH
KDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHWRUDGLRRUWHOHYLVLRQUHFHSWLRQZKLFKFDQEHGHWHUPLQHGE\WXUQLQJWKHHTXLSPHQWRII
DQGRQWKHXVHULVHQFRXUDJHGWRWU\WRFRUUHFWWKHLQWHUIHUHQFHE\RQHRUPRUHRIWKHIROORZLQJPHDVXUHV

--Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.


,QFUHDVHWKHVHSDUDWLRQEHWZHHQWKHHTXLSPHQWDQGUHFHLYHU
--Consult the dealer or your Futaba Serivce center for help.

CAUTION:
To assure continued FCC compliance:
$Q\FKDQJHVRUPRGL¿FDWLRQVQRWH[SUHVVO\DSSURYHGE\WKHJUDQWHHRIWKLVGHYLFHFRXOGYRLGWKHXVHU V
DXWKRULW\WRRSHUDWHWKHHTXLSPHQW

Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation


7RFRPSO\ZLWK)&&5)H[SRVXUHFRPSOLDQFHUHTXLUHPHQWVDVHSDUDWLRQGLVWDQFHRIDWOHDVWFPPXVWEH
maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons.
7KLVGHYLFHPXVWQRWEHFRORFDWHGRURSHUDWLQJLQFRQMXQFWLRQZLWKDQ\RWKHUDQWHQQDRUWUDQVPLWWHU

Meaning of Special Markings


Pay special attention to safety where indicated by the following marks:
DANGER3URFHGXUHVZKLFKPD\OHDGWRGDQJHURXVFRQGLWLRQVDQGFDXVHGHDWKVHULRXVLQMXU\LIQRW
carried out properly.
WARNING3URFHGXUHVZKLFKPD\OHDGWRDGDQJHURXVFRQGLWLRQRUFDXVHGHDWKRUVHULRXVLQMXU\
WR WKH XVHU LI QRW FDUULHG RXW SURSHUO\ RU SURFHGXUHV ZKHUH WKH SUREDELOLW\ RI VXSHU¿FLDO LQMXU\ RU
physical damage is high.
CAUTION  3URFHGXUHV ZKHUH WKH SRVVLELOLW\ RI VHULRXV LQMXU\ WR WKH XVHU LV VPDOO EXW WKHUH LV D
GDQJHURILQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\
= Prohibited = Mandatory

Warning: Always keep electrical components away from small children.

FLYING SAFETY
WARNING
7RHQVXUHWKHVDIHW\RI\RXUVHOIDQGRWKHUVSOHDVHREVHUYHWKHIROORZLQJSUHFDXWLRQV

Have regular maintenance performed. Although your 14SG protects the model memories with
QRQYRODWLOH((3520PHPRU\ ZKLFKGRHVQRWUHTXLUHSHULRGLFUHSODFHPHQW DQGQRWDEDWWHU\WKH
transmitter still should have regular checkups for wear and tear. We recommend sending your system
WR WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU DQQXDOO\ GXULQJ \RXU QRQÀ\LQJVHDVRQ IRU D FRPSOHWH FKHFNXS DQG
service.
6 <Introduction>
NiMH/NiCd Battery
Charge the batteries! 6HH&KDUJLQJWKH1L&GEDWWHULHVIRUGHWDLOV $OZD\VUHFKDUJHWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
DQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHULHVEHIRUHHDFKÀ\LQJVHVVLRQ$ORZEDWWHU\ZLOOVRRQGLHSRWHQWLDOO\FDXVLQJORVV
RIFRQWURODQGDFUDVK:KHQ\RXEHJLQ\RXUÀ\LQJVHVVLRQUHVHW\RXU76*¶VEXLOWLQWLPHUDQG
during the session pay attention to the duration of usage.

6WRSÀ\LQJORQJEHIRUH\RXUEDWWHULHVEHFRPHORZRQFKDUJH'RQRWUHO\RQ\RXUUDGLR¶VORZ
EDWWHU\ZDUQLQJV\VWHPVLQWHQGHGRQO\DVDSUHFDXWLRQWRWHOO\RXZKHQWRUHFKDUJH$OZD\V
FKHFN\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHULHVSULRUWRHDFKÀLJKW

Where to Fly

We recommend that you fly at a recognized model airplane flying field. You can find model clubs
DQG ILHOGV E\ DVNLQJ \RXU QHDUHVW KREE\ GHDOHU RU LQ WKH 86 E\ FRQWDFWLQJ WKH$FDGHP\ RI 0RGHO
Aeronautics.

<RXFDQDOVRFRQWDFWWKHQDWLRQDO$FDGHP\RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV $0$ ZKLFKKDVPRUHWKDQ


FKDUWHUHGFOXEVDFURVVWKHFRXQWU\7KURXJKDQ\RQHRIWKHPLQVWUXFWRUWUDLQLQJSURJUDPVDQGLQVXUHG
newcomer training are available. Contact the AMA at the address or toll-free phone number below.

Academy of Model Aeronautics


(DVW0HPRULDO'ULYH
0XQFLH,1
7HOH  
)D[  
or via the Internet at http:\\www.modelaircraft.org

$OZD\V SD\ SDUWLFXODU DWWHQWLRQ WR WKH À\LQJ ¿HOG¶V UXOHV as well as the presence and location
RIVSHFWDWRUVWKHZLQGGLUHFWLRQDQGDQ\REVWDFOHVRQWKH¿HOG%HYHU\FDUHIXOÀ\LQJLQDUHDVQHDU
SRZHU OLQHV WDOO EXLOGLQJV RU FRPPXQLFDWLRQ IDFLOLWLHV DV WKHUH PD\ EH UDGLR LQWHUIHUHQFH LQ WKHLU
vicinity.

<Introduction> 7
NiMH/NiCd Battery Safety and Handling instructions
IMPORTANT!
Use only the Futaba special charger included with this set or other chargers approved by Futaba to
charge the NiMH batteries in the T14SG transmitter included with this set.
It is important to understand the operating characteristics of NiMH/NiCd batteries.Always read the
VSHFL¿FDWLRQVSULQWHGRQWKHODEHORI\RXU1L0+1L&GEDWWHU\DQGFKDUJHUSULRUWRXVH)DLOXUHWRIROORZ
WKH SURFHHGLQJ SUHFDXWLRQV FDQ TXLFNO\ UHVXOW LQ VHYHUH SHUPDQHQW GDPDJH WR WKH EDWWHULHV DQG LWV
surroundings and possibly result in a FIRE!
IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS
Do not attempt to disassemble NiMH/NiCd packs or cells.
Do not allow NiMH/NiCd cells to come in contact with moisture or water at any time.
$OZD\VSURYLGHDGHTXDWHYHQWLODWLRQDURXQG1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVGXULQJFKDUJHGLVFKDUJHZKLOHLQ
XVHDQGGXULQJVWRUDJH
Do not leave a NiMH/NiCd battery unattended at any time while being charged or discharged.
'RQRWDWWHPSWWRFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVZLWKDFKDUJHUWKDWLV127GHVLJQHGIRU1L0+1L&G
EDWWHULHVDVSHUPDQHQWGDPDJHWRWKHEDWWHU\DQGFKDUJHUFRXOGUHVXOW
$OZD\VFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVLQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQ'RQRWFKDUJHRUGLVFKDUJH1L0+1L&G
EDWWHULHVRQFDUSHWDFOXWWHUHGZRUNEHQFKQHDUSDSHUSODVWLFYLQ\OOHDWKHURUZRRGRULQVLGHDQ5
&PRGHORUIXOOVL]HGDXWRPRELOH0RQLWRUWKHFKDUJHDUHDZLWKDVPRNHRU¿UHDODUP
'R QRW FKDUJH 1L0+1L&G EDWWHULHV DW FXUUHQWV JUHDWHU WKDQ WKH ³&´ UDWLQJ RI WKH EDWWHU\ ³&´
HTXDOVWKHUDWHGFDSDFLW\RIWKHEDWWHU\ 
Do not allow NiMH/NiCd cells to overheat at any time! Cells which reach greater than 140 degrees
)DKUHQKHLW ƒ& VKRXOGEHSODFHGLQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQ
NiMH/NiCd cells will not charge fully when too cold or show full charge.
,WLVQRUPDOIRUWKHEDWWHULHVWREHFRPHZDUPGXULQJFKDUJLQJEXWLIWKHFKDUJHURUEDWWHU\EHFRPHV
excessively hot disconnect the battery from the charger immediately!! Always inspect a battery which
KDVSUHYLRXVO\RYHUKHDWHGIRUSRWHQWLDOGDPDJHDQGGRQRWUHXVHLI\RXVXVSHFWLWKDVEHHQGDPDJHG
in any way.
Do not use a NiMH/NiCd battery if you suspect physical damage has occurred to the pack. Carefully
LQVSHFWWKHEDWWHU\IRUHYHQWKHVPDOOHVWRIGHQWVFUDFNVVSOLWVSXQFWXUHVRUGDPDJHWRWKHZLULQJ
DQGFRQQHFWRUV'2127DOORZWKHEDWWHU\¶VLQWHUQDOHOHFWURO\WHWRJHWLQWRH\HVRURQVNLQ²ZDVK
DIIHFWHGDUHDVLPPHGLDWHO\LIWKH\FRPHLQFRQWDFWZLWKWKHHOHFWURO\WH,ILQGRXEWSODFHWKHEDWWHU\
LQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQIRUDWOHDVWPLQXWHV
'RQRWVWRUHEDWWHULHVQHDUDQRSHQÀDPHRUKHDWHU
Do not discharge NiMH/NiCd batteries at currents which exceed the discharge current rating of the
battery.
Always store NiMH/NiCd cells/packs in a secure location away from children.
Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card Handling Instructions
6'FDUGLVQRWLQFOXGHGZLWKWKLVVHW
Never remove the SD card or turn off power 'R QRW H[SRVH WKH 6' FDUG WR GLUW PRLVWXUH
while entering data. ZDWHURUÀXLGVRIDQ\NLQG
Never store the SD card where it may be Always hold the SD card by the edges during
VXEMHFW WR VWURQJ VWDWLF HOHFWULFLW\ RU PDJQHWLF installation and removal.
¿HOGV %H FHUWDLQ WR LQVHUW WKH 6' FDUG LQ WKH FRUUHFW
'R QRW H[SRVH WKH 6' FDUG WR GLUHFW VXQOLJKW direction.
excessive humidity or corrosive environments.
8 <Introduction>
$WWKHÀ\LQJ¿HOG

7R SUHYHQW SRVVLEOH GDPDJH WR \RXU UDGLR JHDU WXUQ WKH SRZHU VZLWFKHV RQ DQG RII LQ WKH SURSHU
VHTXHQFH

3XOOWKURWWOHVWLFNWRLGOHSRVLWLRQRURWKHUZLVHGLVDUP\RXUPRWRUHQJLQH
2. Turn on the transmitter power and allow your transmitter to reach its home screen.
&RQ¿UPWKHSURSHUPRGHOPHPRU\KDVEHHQVHOHFWHG
4. Turn on your receiver power.
7HVWDOOFRQWUROV,IDVHUYRRSHUDWHVDEQRUPDOO\GRQ¶WDWWHPSWWRÀ\XQWLO\RXGHWHUPLQHWKHFDXVHRI
the problem.
 7HVWWRHQVXUHWKDWWKH)DLO6DIHVHWWLQJVDUHFRUUHFWDIWHUDGMXVWLQJWKHP7XUQWKHWUDQVPLWWHURIIDQG
FRQ¿UPWKHSURSHUVXUIDFHWKURWWOHPRYHPHQWV7XUQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUEDFNRQ
6WDUW\RXUHQJLQH
7. Complete a full range check.
$IWHU À\LQJ EULQJ \RXU WKURWWOH VWLFN WR LGOH SRVLWLRQ HQJDJH DQ\ NLOO VZLWFKHV RU RWKHUZLVH GLVDUP
your motor/engine.
9. Turn off receiver power.
10. Turn off transmitter power.

,I \RX GR QRW WXUQ RQ \RXU V\VWHP LQ WKLV RUGHU \RX PD\ GDPDJH \RXU VHUYRV RU FRQWURO VXUIDFHV
IORRG \RXU HQJLQH RU LQ WKH FDVH RI HOHFWULFSRZHUHG RU JDVROLQHSRZHUHG PRGHOV WKH HQJLQH PD\
XQH[SHFWHGO\WXUQRQDQGFDXVHDVHYHUHLQMXU\

:KLOH\RXDUHJHWWLQJUHDG\WRÀ\LI\RXSODFH\RXUWUDQVPLWWHURQWKHJURXQGEHVXUHWKDWWKH
ZLQGZRQ WWLSLWRYHU,ILWLVNQRFNHGRYHUWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNPD\EHDFFLGHQWDOO\PRYHGFDXVLQJ
WKHHQJLQHWRVSHHGXS$OVRGDPDJHWR\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\RFFXU
In order to maintain complete control of your aircraft it is important that it remains visible at all
times)O\LQJEHKLQGODUJHREMHFWVVXFKDVEXLOGLQJVJUDLQELQVHWFLVQRWVXJJHVWHG'RLQJVRPD\
UHVXOWLQWKHUHGXFWLRQRIWKHTXDOLW\RIWKHUDGLRIUHTXHQF\OLQNWRWKHPRGHO
'R QRW JUDVS WKH WUDQVPLWWHU V DQWHQQD GXULQJ ÀLJKW 'RLQJ VR PD\ GHJUDGH WKH TXDOLW\ RI WKH
UDGLRIUHTXHQF\WUDQVPLVVLRQ
$VZLWKDOOUDGLRIUHTXHQF\WUDQVPLVVLRQVWKHVWURQJHVWDUHDRIVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQLVIURPWKHVLGHV
RIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU VDQWHQQD$VVXFKWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGQRWEHSRLQWHGGLUHFWO\DWWKHPRGHO,I\RXU
À\LQJVW\OHFUHDWHVWKLVVLWXDWLRQHDVLO\PRYHWKHDQWHQQDWRFRUUHFWWKLVVLWXDWLRQ
'RQ¶W IO\ LQ WKH UDLQ Water or moisture may enter the transmitter through the antenna or stick
openings and cause erratic operation or loss of control. If you must fly in wet weather during a
FRQWHVW EH VXUH WR FRYHU \RXU WUDQVPLWWHU ZLWK D SODVWLF EDJ RU ZDWHUSURRI EDUULHU 1HYHU IO\ LI
lightning is expected.

<Introduction> 9
BEFORE USE

Features

FASSTest system
The T14SG transmitter has adopted the newly developed bidirectional communication system
"FASSTest" Data from the receiver can be checked in your transmitter. FASSTest is a maximum 14
channels (linear 12 channels + switch 2 channels) 2.4GHz dedicated system.
S.BUS2 system
By using the S.BUS2 system multiple servos, gyros and telemetry sensors are easily installed with a
minimum amount of cables.
Model types
Six swash types are available for helicopters. Six types of main wings and three types of tail wings are
available for airplanes and gliders. Functions and mixing functions necessary for each model type are set in
advance at the factory.

Data input
Large graphic LCD and new type Touch Sensor substantially improve ease of setup.

Stick
Improved feel, adjustable length and tension.

Ni-MH battery
T14SG is operated by a 6.0 V/1,800 mAh Nickel-Metal Hydride battery.

SD card (Secure Digital memory card) (Not included)


Model data can be saved to an SD card (SD:32MB-2GB SDHC:4GB-32GB). When T14SG transmitter
VRIWZDUH¿OHVDUHUHOHDVHGWKHVRIWZDUHFDQEHXSGDWHGE\XVLQJDQ6'FDUGXSGDWH

Edit button
Two edit buttons are provided, and the operating screen can be immediately “Returned” to the HOME
screen during operation. Setting operation can be performed easily by combining this button with a touch
sensor.

Vibration function
Selects a function that alerts the operator to various alarms and timers by vibrating the transmitter in
addition to sounding a buzzer.

10 <Before Use>
&RQWHQWVDQG7HFKQLFDO6SHFL¿FDWLRQV
6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH
Your 14SG includes the following components:

‡76*WUDQVPLWWHUIRUDLUSODQHVRUKHOLFRSWHUV
‡56%5HFHLYHU
‡+7)%1L0+EDWWHU\ &KDUJHU
‡/L)HVSDFHUIRURSWLRQDO)7)%)7)%/L)HEDWWHU\SDFN
‡6ZLWFKKDUQHVV
‡1HFNVWUDS
*The set contents depend on the type of set.

Transmitter T14SG
(2-stick, 14-channel, FASSTest-2.4G system)
Transmitting frequency: 2.4GHz band
6\VWHP)$667HVW&+)$667HVW&+)$66708/7)$667&+6)+66VZLWFKDEOH
3RZHUVXSSO\9+7)%1L0+EDWWHU\

Receiver R7008SB
(FASSTest-2.4G system, dual antenna diversity, S.BUS system)
3RZHUUHTXLUHPHQW9a9EDWWHU\RUUHJXODWHGRXWSXWIURP(6&HWF 
6L]H[[LQ [[PP
Weight: 0.38 oz. (10.9g)
(*1) When using ESC's make sure that the regulated output capacity meets your usage application.

Note: The battery in the T14SG transmitter is not connected to the battery
connector at initial. Please connect the battery connector before use.

<Before Use> 11
The following additional accessories are available from your dealer. Refer to a Futaba catalog
for more information:

‡+7)%7UDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\SDFNWKH P$K WUDQVPLWWHU1L0+EDWWHU\SDFNPD\EH


HDVLO\H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV

‡)7)%)7)%7UDQVPLWWHU/L)HEDWWHU\SDFNFDQDOVREHXVHGE\XVLQJDQH[FOXVLYH
spacer. However, charge with the charger only for LiFe.

‡7UDLQHUFRUGWKHRSWLRQDOWUDLQLQJFRUGPD\EHXVHGWRKHOSDEHJLQQLQJSLORWOHDUQWRÀ\HDVLO\
by placing the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T14SG transmitter may be
connected to another T14SG system, as well as to any other models of Futaba transmitters. The
T14SG transmitter uses one of the three cord plug types according to the transmitter connected.
(Refer to the description at the TRAINER function instructions). The part number of this cord is:
)870

‡6HUYRVWKHUHDUHYDULRXVNLQGVRIVHUYRV3OHDVHFKRRVHIURPWKHVHUYRVRI)XWDEDZKDWVXLWHG
the model and the purpose of using you. If you utilize a S.BUS system, you should choose a S.BUS
servo. An analog servo cannot be used if "FASSTest12CH mode" is used.

‡ 7HOHPHWU\ VHQVRU  SOHDVH SXUFKDVH DQ RSWLRQDO VHQVRU LQ RUGHU WR XWLOL]H ELGLUHFWLRQDO
communication system and to acquire the information from a model high up in the sky.
Temperature sensor : SBS-01T] [Altitude sensor : SBS-01A] [RPM sensor magnet type : SBS-
01RM][RPM sensor optical type : SBS-01RO] [GPS sensor : SBS-01G] [Voltage sensor : SBS-
01V]

‡1HFNVWUDSDQHFNVWUDSPD\EHFRQQHFWHGWR\RXU76*V\VWHPWRPDNHLWHDVLHUWRKDQGOHDQG
LPSURYH\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW

‡<KDUQHVVHVVHUYRH[WHQVLRQVKXEHWF*HQXLQH)XWDEDH[WHQVLRQVDQG<KDUQHVVHVLQFOXGLQJ
a heavy-duty version with heavier wire, are available to aid in your larger model and other
installations.

‡*\URVDYDULHW\RIJHQXLQH)XWDEDJ\URVLVDYDLODEOHIRU\RXUDLUFUDIWRUKHOLFRSWHUQHHGV

‡*RYHUQRUIRUKHOLFRSWHUXVH$XWRPDWLFDOO\DGMXVWVWKURWWOHVHUYRSRVLWLRQWRPDLQWDLQDFRQVWDQW
head speed regardless of blade pitch, load, weather, etc.

‡ 5HFHLYHUV  YDULRXV PRGHOV RI )XWDED UHFHLYHUV PD\ EH SXUFKDVHG IRU XVH LQ RWKHU PRGHOV
(Receivers for FASSTest and FASST,S-FHSS types are available.)

‡2SWLRQDO&KDUJHU)XWDED&51L0+1L&G7UDQVPLWWHU5HFHLYHU%DWWHU\&KDUJHU

12 <Before Use>
Transmitter controls

Antenna
Monitor LED
Volume

Switch Switch

Slide Lever
Slide Lever

Stick
Stick
(J3) (J2)

(J4) (J1)

HOME/EXIT U.MENU/MON.
Button

ࠉButton

Digital Trim

Digital Trim

SensorTouchTM

Neck Strap Attachment


Power Switch

<Before Use> 13
Transmitter's Antenna:
As with all radio frequency transmissions, Caution
the strongest area of signal transmission is from
the sides of the transmitter's antenna. As such, Please do not grasp the transmitter's
the antenna should not be pointed directly at the DQWHQQDGXULQJÀLJKW
PRGHO,I\RXUÀ\LQJVW\OHFUHDWHVWKLVVLWXDWLRQ Doing so may degrade the quality of the RF
easily move the antenna to correct this situation. transmission to the model
Do not carry the transmitter by the
‡Rotating antenna antenna.
The antenna can be rotated 90 degrees and angled There is the danger that the antenna wire will break
90 degrees. Forcing the antenna further than this and operation will become impossible.
can damage it. The antenna is not removable. Do not pull the antenna forcefully.
There is the danger that the antenna wire will break
and operation will become impossible.

Low power
Monitor LED display
The status of the transmitter is displayed by
LED at the bottom left and right sides of the
"T14SG" logo.
High power High power
LED (Left)
Displays the "non-default condition" warning.
‡%OLQNLQJ
 3RZHU VZLWFK LV WXUQHG RQ ZKHQ DQ\
FRQGLWLRQ VZLWFK LV DFWLYDWHG LQ WKH 21
VWDWH 
LED (Right)
Displays the state of radio frequency
transmission.
‡2II
 5DGLRZDYHVDUHLQWKH2))VWDWH
‡2Q
 5DGLRZDYHVDUHEHLQJWUDQVPLWWHG
‡%OLQNLQJ
 5DQJHFKHFNPRGH

14 <Before Use>
Switch (SA-SH) Slide Lever
6ZLWFK7\SH
‡6$ SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH6KRUWOHYHU
‡6% SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH/RQJOHYHU
‡6& SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH/RQJOHYHU
‡6' SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH6KRUWOHYHU
‡6( SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH6KRUWOHYHU
‡6) SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH/RQJOHYHU
‡6* SRVLWLRQV$OWHUQDWH6KRUWOHYHU
‡6+ SRVLWLRQV0RPHQWDU\/RQJOHYHU
<RXFDQFKRRVHVZLWFKDQGVHWWKH212))GLUHFWLRQLQ LS RS
the setting screen of the mixing functions.

Digital Trim

LS (Left), RS (right):
The slide lever LS and RS offer analog input.
*The T14SG transmitter beeps when the lever comes to the
center.
T4 T3 T2 T1 <RX FDQ VHOHFW D VOLGH OHYHU DQG VHW WKH PRYHPHQW
direction on the setting screen of mixing functions.
Digital Trim T1, T2, T3 and T4:
This transmitter is equipped with four (4) HOME/EXIT and U.MENU/MON. Button
digital trims. Each time you press a trim button,
the trim position moves one step. If you continue
pressing it, the trim position starts to move faster.
In addition, when the trim position returns to
WKHFHQWHUWKHWRQHZLOOFKDQJH<RXFDQDOZD\V
monitor trim positions by referencing the LCD
screen.
<RXFDQVHOHFWWKHWULPVWHSDPRXQWDQGWKHGLVSOD\XQLW
on the home screen on the T1-T4 setting screen within the
linkage menu. HOME/EXIT U.MENU/MON.
Note: The trim positions you have set will be stored in the Button Button
non-volatile memory and will remain there.

Volume

HOME/EXIT:

LD RD

Volume LD and RD:


The volume LD and RD knobs allow for
analog input. U.MENU/MON.:
*The T14SG transmitter beeps when the volume knob
reaches the center position.
<RXFDQXVHHDFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQRIWKHPL[LQJIXQFWLRQVWR
VHOHFWYROXPHVDQGGH¿QHWKHGLUHFWLRQRIDPRYHPHQW
<Before Use> 15
Touch sensor operation
Data input operation is performed using the touch sensor.
SensorTouch™ operation Condition Working
s 3HORT gTAPg If the screen has more than one page. (Ex. P-MIX screen) The cursor moves to the top of next page.

S1 If the screen have only one (1) page. The cursor moves to the top of page.

If inputting data while the cursor is blinking. The input data is canceled.

At the moving cursor mode. Change to the input data mode.

RTN While in the data input mode. Changes to the moving cursor mode.

While inputting data while cursor is blinking. The data is entered.


s 4WO SHORT gTAPSg
SYS At all screens Jump to System Menu screen directly.

LNK At all screens Jump to Linkage Menu screen directly.

MDL At all screens Jump to Model Menu screen directly.

s 4OUCH AND HOLD FOR


one (1) second.
S1 At the HOME screen Key lock On or Off

RTN While inputting data with no blinking cursor. Reset to the initialized value.

s 3CROLLING
Lightly circling the outside edge of the RTN button. The cursor moves accordingly.
Outline
OF
“RTN”
During the data input mode. Increases or decreases values accordingly.

Movement of cursor, value input or mode S1 button:


selection: When there is a next page on a menu screen or
Movement of the cursor on the menu screen setup screen, you can go to that page by touching
and movement of the cursor among items on a the S1 button. In this case, the cursor moves to
setup screen can be controlled by scrolling your the screen title item of the page.
¿QJHUWRWKHOHIWDQGULJKWLQWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKH Exiting setup screen:
DUURZ LQ WKH VFUROOLQJ GLDJUDP DERYH<RX FDQ
also go to the next page, if there is a next page. To end the operation on a setup screen and
return to the menu screen, move the cursor to the
This scrolling technique is also used for data
screen title item and touch the RTN button.
input, value input, mode selection, and similar
operations. Examples include: Value, ON, OFF, To return to home screen directly, touch the S1
INH, ACT, etc. button for 1 second.
Alternatively, move the cursor to the screen
RTN button:
title item and touch the RTN button to return to
Touch the RTN button when you want to open the home screen from a menu screen.
a setup screen or to switch between cursor move
mode (reverse display) and data input mode (box
display).
This button can also be used as the enter button
ZKHQDFRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HGRQWKH
screen, etc.

16 <Before Use>
Note: +ROGWKHOHYHUKHDG%DQGWXUQWKHOHYHU
KHDG $ FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH 7KH ORFN ZLOO
6FUROORSHUDWLRQ&LUFOH\RXU¿QJHURQWKHRXWVLGHHGJHRI
the RTN button. The sensors may mis-read your touch as
EHUHOHDVHG
a reverse rotation if the circle is smaller, or performed on  7XUQ WKH OHYHUKHDG $ FORFNZLVH DV \RX
the inside edge of the RTN button. KROG WKH OHYHUKHDG % DIWHU SODFLQJ LW DV
\RXOLNH

Adjustment of stick lever tension


The tension of the self-return type stick lever
can be adjusted.
)LUVW 5HPRYH WKH EDWWHU\ FRYHU RQ WKH
ERWWRPRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXQSOXJWKH
EDWWHU\ZLUHDQGUHPRYHWKHEDWWHU\IURP
* The SensorTouch™ may not operate smoothly if your WKHWUDQVPLWWHU
hand is touching the surrounding case parts. Please make 1H[WXVLQJDKDQGUHPRYHWKHWUDQVPLWWHU V
sure that the tip of your finger is actually operating the VLGH FRYHU UXEEHU  :KHQ XVLQJ 0RGH 
SensorTouch™. \RXZLOOQHHGWRUHPRYHWKHVLGHFRYHUWR
H[SRVHWKHWHQVLRQVFUHZ
s )T IS ONLY THE MODE 

*If the SensorTouch™ does not register your input, please


try again after lightly tapping your finger on the sensor
once again.
* Do not operate the SensorTouch™ while wearing gloves.
The SensorTouch™ may not work correctly.
s 3IDE #OVER
Caution
8VLQJ \RXU KDQG UHPRYH WKH WUDQVPLWWHUV
The touch sensor may not operate
UHDUUXEEHUJULSV
correctly if spark noise is generated from
a gasoline engine, etc. Please remove the
transmitter to a location away from the It is difficult to remove rear grips from the central
site of a transmitter.
noise source. Therefore, remove from the outside of rear grips.

Stick Adjustment
Adjustment of the stick lever length
<RX FDQ DGMXVW WKH OHQJWK RI VWLFN OHYHUV DV
you like. It is recommended to adjust the length
of the sticks in line with your hand size.

s2EAR 'RIP

s2EAR 'RIP

<Before Use> 17
8VHDVPDOO3KLOOLSVVFUHZGULYHUWRDGMXVWWKH $WWKHHQGRIDGMXVWPHQWUHLQVWDOOWKHVLGH
VSULQJVWUHQJWKDV\RXSUHIHUE\WXUQLQJWKH FRYHUDQGUHDUJULSV
DGMXVWLQJ VFUHZ RI WKH VWLFN \RX ZDQW WR
DGMXVW
*Turning the screw clockwise increases the tension.
 &$87,21 ,I \RX ORRVHQ WKH VFUHZ WRR
PXFKLWFDQLQWHUIHUHZLWKWKHRSHUDWLRQRI
WKHVWLFNVLQWHUQDOO\

s3TICK 4ENSION * s3TICK 4ENSION *


(Mode 2) (Mode 1/2)

s3TICK 4ENSION *


(Mode 1/2) s3TICK 4ENSION *
(Mode 1)

7 K H  V W L F N  F D Q  E H
DGMXVWHG WR KRZ
TXLFNO\LWUHWXUQVWR
QHXWUDO

18 <Before Use>
SD Card (Secure Digital memory card) (Not Inserting/removing the SD card
included) 7XUQ RII WKH WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU DQG WKHQ
RSHQ WKH EDWWHU\ FRYHU DW WKH ERWWRP RI
The T14SG transmitter model data can be WKHWUDQVPLWWHU
stored by using any commonly found SD card.
When T14SG transmitter update software is
released, the software is updated using an SD
card. The T14SG is capable of using SD cards
with a memory size SD : 32MB-2GB SDHC :
4GB-32GB.

Caution
Be sure to turn off the power to the
transmitter before inserting or removing
the SD card.

As the SD card is a precision device, do


not use excessive force when inserting.

Restrictions when using an SD card


The following restrictions apply when using an
SD card:
*The SD card must first be initialized using the T14SG
dedicated format. The SD card cannot be used as is
without formatting to the T14SG.
*Initializing destroys all the data previously saved on the
card.
*An SD card formatted to the T14SG cannot be written 7KH6'FDUGVORWLVVKRZKHUHLQWKHÀJXUH
GLUHFWO\IURPD3&E\:LQGRZV([SORUHUHWF7KH¿OHV EHORZ
must be converted and written by the Futaba File System
VRIWZDUH)LOHVDUHLGHQWL¿HGE\QXPEHULQVWHDGRIQDPH
This special conversion software can be downloaded from
Futaba's web site at:
http://www.futaba-rc.com/software-updates.html

SD card slot

<Before Use> 19
[Inserting the card]
 7XUQ WKH 6' FDUG VR WKDW WKH IURQW RI WKH
FDUGIDFHVWKHUHDURIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUDQG
VOLGHWKHFDUGLQWRWKHFDUGVORW
3XVKLQWKHFDUGXQWLOLWLV¿UPO\VHDWHGLQWKHFDUGVORW
[Removing the card] [IMPORTANT] Do not turn off the power until
 :KHQWKH6'FDUGLVSUHVVHGLQRQFHDJDLQ the [FORMAT COMPLETED] message is
WKH FDUG ZLOO EH UHOHDVHG IURP WKH FDUG displayed.
VORWDQGFDQEHUHPRYHG
&ORVHWKHEDWWHU\FRYHU (QGIRUPDWWLQJE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

SD card initialization
SD card reader/writer
To use an SD card with the T14SG, the card
PXVW¿UVWEHIRUPDWWHG2QFHIRUPDWWHGWKHFDUG Saving model data and update files (released
does not have to be reformatted. Formatting is from Futaba) to the SD card from your own
performed by the T14SG. PC, you can transfer those file to your T14SG
transmitter. Equipment for reading and writing
 >,03257$17@:KHQDQ6'FDUGLVIRUPDWWHG
IRU WKH 76* DOO SUHH[LVWLQJ GDWD LV SD cards is available at most electronics stores.
GHVWUR\HGDo not format a card containing
important data.
Stored data

[Formatting procedure] If you have a problem saving or reading data


after a long period of use, we suggest obtaining a
,QVHUW WKH 6' FDUG LQWR WKH 6' FDUG VORW RI QHZ6'FDUGWRDYRLGIXUWKHUGLI¿FXOWLHV
WKH76*
*Futaba is not responsible for compensating any failure or
7 X U Q  R Q  W K H  7   6 *  S R Z H U   : K H Q  D Q damage to the data stored in the memory card. As such,
XQIRUPDWWHGFDUGLVLQVHUWHGLQWRWKH76* we suggest that you maintain a backup of your important
WKHVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZDSSHDUV data contained on your SD card.

,I WKH 76* LV UHDG\ WR IRUPDW PRYH WKH


FXUVRU WR >)250$7@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ 7R FDQFHO IRUPDWWLQJ PRYH WKH
FXUVRU WR >&$1&(/@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR><(6@DQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQ
* Formatting starts. During formatting, the [NOW
FORMATTING...] message is displayed.

*When formatting is completed, The [FORMAT


COMPLETED] message is displayed. Depending on the
card capacity and speed, formatting may take as long as
several minutes.

20 <Before Use>
Connector/Plug

Trainer
Connector

S.BUS (S.I/F)
Connector Charge
Plug
Earphone
Plug

Connector for battery charger


Connector for trainer function
This is the connector for charging the NiMH
When you use the trainer function, connect the EDWWHU\ +7)% WKDW LV LQVWDOOHG LQ WKH
optional trainer cable between the transmitters transmitter. Do not use any other chargers except
for teacher and student. the attached special charger corresponding to
<RXFDQVHWWKHWUDLQHUIXQFWLRQRQWKH7UDLQHU)XQFWLRQ NiMH battery.
screen in the System menu.

S.BUS connector (S.I/F) Warning


When setting an S.BUS servo and telemetry
sensor, connect them both here. Do not connect any other chargers except
the special charger to this charging
6XSSO\SRZHUE\ZD\KXERU<KDUQHVVHV connector.
Earphone plug ,I\RXWDNHRXWWKH1L0+EDWWHU\+7)%IURPWKH
transmitter, you can use the optional quick charger CR-
It is not used now. (The function after upgrade) 2000 corresponding to NiMH battery.

<Before Use> 21
Installation and Removal of the HT5F1800B Battery Removal
Transmitter Battery Note: If you remove the battery while the
Attachment of the battery power is on, the data you have set will not
be saved.
 6OLGH WKH EDWWHU\ FRYHU RQ WKH ERWWRP RI
WKH WUDQVPLWWHU WRZDUG WKH ULJKW VLGH DQG 2SHQWKHEDWWHU\FRYHU
RSHQLW 'LVFRQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWRU
3UHVV RQ WKH EDWWHU\ UHOHDVH WDE DQG SXOO
WKHEDWWHU\GRZQZDUGVWRUHPRYH
&ORVHWKHEDWWHU\FRYHUFRPSOHWHO\

Warning
Be careful not to drop the battery.

Never disconnect the battery connector


from the T14SG transmitter after
turning off the power until the screen is
completely blank and the transmitter has
shut down completely.
* Internal devices such as memories may be damaged.
* If there is any problem, the message "Backup Error"
will be shown the next time when you turn on the
power of the transmitter. Do not use the transmitter as
it is. Send it to the Futaba Service Center.

,QVWDOOWKHEDWWHU\LQWKHKROGHU
&RQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWRU

&ORVHWKHEDWWHU\FRYHUFRPSOHWHO\

22 <Before Use>
When exchanging for the LiFe battery
(FT2F2100B/FT2F1700B) of an option.
Attachment of the battery
76*WR+7)%LVUHPRYHG
  $ /L)H VSDFHU 6* DWWDFKPHQW  LV
LQVHUWHGDVVKRZQLQDÀJXUH

Charge of a LiFe battery


$/L)HEDWWHU\
WWHU\ RSWLRQ LVLQVHUWHGDVVKRZQ
EDWW
WW LV LQVHUWH
LQDÀJXUH Note: LiFe battery cannot be charged with the
charger of 14SG attachment.
Be sure to remove a battery from T14SG and
to charge from the charger only for LiFe.

   3  F R Q Q H F W R U  R I  D  / L ) H  E D W W H U \  L V
FRQQHFWHG

Warning
Follow the manual of a LiFe battery.

&ORVHWKHEDWWHU\FRYHUFRPSOHWHO\ Don't charge the LiFe battery with the


6.T14SG is turned on and [LINKAGE NiMH charger of 14SG attachment.
MENU]=>[WARNING]=>[LOW BATTERY] is
* Be sure to remove from T14SG and to charge with the
called.
charger only for LiFe.
7. It changes into 6.0V from 5.6V.
*About low battery voltage, all the models included in
Be sure to change the voltage of LOW
one transmitter are changed in common. It cannot set to BATTERY WARNING into 6.0V from
different voltage for every model. Moreover, data reset is 5.6V
not carried out.
<Before Use> 23
Receiver nomenclature Danger
Before using the receiver, be sure to read the
precautions listed in the following pages. Don't connect a connector, as shown in a
EHIRUH¿JXUH
Receiver R7008SB
*It will short-circuit, if it connected in this way. A short
circuit across the battery terminals may cause abnormal
KHDWLQJ¿UHDQGEXUQV

Warning
S.BUS2 connectors
Don't connect an S.BUS servo / gyro to
S.BUS2 connector.
Connector
"1 through 6": outputs for the channels 1 LED Monitor
through 6
This monitor is used to check the CH mode of
%RXWSXWVRIFKDQQHOVDQGSRZHU the receiver.
"8/SB": outputs of 8 channels or S.BUS port.
[S.BUS Servo S.BUS Gyro ]
*When using 8/SB as S.BUS, you have to set
CH MODE of the following page to mode B or
mode D.
"S.BUS2": outputs of S.BUS2 port.
[S.BUS2 Servo S.BUS2 Gyro Telemetry Sensor ]
*When using 9 or more channels, use an S.BUS
IXQFWLRQRUXVHDVHFRQG56%DQGOLQNERWK
to your transmitter. Link/Mode Switch
Use the small plastic screw driver that was
included with your receiver.
The Link/Mode Switch is also used for the CH
mode selection.

Connector insertion
Firmly insert the connector in the direction
VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH,QVHUWWKH6%86E\WXUQLQJ
it 90 degrees.
Danger Extra Voltage Connector
5HFHLYHU Use this connector when using a voltage
telemetry device to send the battery voltage (DC0
a9 IURPWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
<RXZLOOQHHGWRSXUFKDVHWKHRSWLRQDO([WHUQDO
9ROWDJHLQSXWFDEOH &$59,1 )870
Do not connect either a switch <RX FDQ WKHQ PDNH D FDEOH ZLWK DQ H[WUD
or battery in this manner. connector to the External voltage connector.

24 <Before Use>
Danger
Don't touch wiring.
* There is a danger of receiving an electric shock.

Do not short-circuit the battery terminals.


* A short circuit across the battery terminals may cause
DEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ¿UHDQGEXUQV

Please double check your polarity ( and


) when hooking up your connectors.
* If and of wiring are mistaken, it will damage,
ignite and explode. >+RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH@
3UHVVDQGKROGGRZQWKH/LQN0RGHEXWWRQ
Don’t connection to Extra Voltage before RQWKH56%UHFHLYHU
turning on a receiver power supply.  7XUQ WKH UHFHLYHU RQ ZKLOH KROGLQJ GRZQ
WKH /LQN0RGH EXWWRQ  ZKHQ  WKH /('
R7008SB CH Mode EHJLQV WR EOLQN JUHHQUHG WKH EXWWRQ PD\
EHUHOHDVHG
7KH 56% UHFHLYHU LV D YHU\ YHUVDWLOH 7KH/('VKRXOGQRZEHEOLQNLQJUHGLQRQH
unit. It has 8 PWM outputs, S.BUS and S.BUS2 RI WKH SDWWHUQV GHVFULEHG E\ WKH FKDUW
outputs. Additionally the PWM outputs can be EHORZ
changed from channels 1-8 to channels 9-14. If  (DFK SUHVV RI WKH 0RGH/LQN EXWWRQ
you only desire to use it as an 8 channel receiver DGYDQFHVWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHQH[WPRGH
(without S.BUS), it can be used without any  :KHQ \RX UHDFK WKH PRGH WKDW \RX ZLVK
setting changes. WR RSHUDWH LQ SUHVV DQG KROG WKH 0RGH
/LQNEXWWRQIRUPRUHWKDQVHFRQGV
The T1 has the ability to link to two  2QFH ORFNHG LQWR WKH FRUUHFW PRGH WKH
56% UHFHLYHUV  2QH RI WKHP RXWSXWWLQJ /('ZLOOFKDQJHWRDVROLGFRORU
channels 1-8 and the other outputting channels 3OHDVHF\FOHWKHUHFHLYHU V SRZHURIIDQG
9-14 giving you 14 PWM channels. Instructions EDFNRQDJDLQDIWHUFKDQJLQJWKH&KDQQHO
for this configuration and S.BUS operation 0RGH
follow.
R7008SB CH MODE TABLE

<Before Use> 25
Receiver's Antenna Installation
7KH56%KDVWZRDQWHQQDV,QRUGHUWRPD[LPL]HVLJQDOUHFHSWLRQDQGSURPRWHVDIHPRGHOLQJ)XWDED
has adopted a diversity antenna system. This allows the receiver to obtain RF signals on both antennas and
À\SUREOHPIUHH
*Must be kept as straight as possible.

Antenna

Coaxial cable
R7008SB Receiver

To obtain the best results of the diversity  7KLV LV QRW D FULWLFDO ILJXUH EXW WKH PRVW
function, please refer to the following LPSRUWDQW WKLQJ LV WR NHHS WKH DQWHQQDV
instructions: DZD\IURPHDFKRWKHUDVPXFKDVSRVVLEOH
7KHWZRDQWHQQDVPXVWEHNHSWDVVWUDLJKW  /DUJHU PRGHOV FDQ KDYH ODUJH PHWDO
DV SRVVLEOH 2WKHUZLVH LW ZLOO UHGXFH WKH REMHFWVWKDWFDQDWWHQXDWHWKH5)VLJQDO,Q
HIIHFWLYHUDQJH WKLV FDVH WKH DQWHQQDV VKRXOG EH SODFHG
DW ERWK VLGHV RI WKH PRGHO 7KHQ WKH EHVW
7KHWZRDQWHQQDVVKRXOGEHSODFHGDW
5)VLJQDOFRQGLWLRQLVREWDLQHGDWDQ\Á\LQJ
GHJUHHVWRHDFKRWKHU
DWWLWXGH
 7KH DQWHQQDV PXVW EH NHSW DZD\ IURP
FRQGXFWLYH PDWHULDOV VXFK DV PHWDO
FDUERQ DQG IXHO WDQN E\ DW OHDVW D KDOI
LQFK7KHFRD[LDOSDUWRIWKHDQWHQQDVGRHV
QRWQHHGWRIROORZWKHVHJXLGHOLQHVEXWGR
QRWEHQGLWLQDWLJKWUDGLXV
.HHSWKHDQWHQQDVDZD\IURPWKHPRWRU
(6& DQG RWKHU QRLVH VRXUFHV DV PXFK DV
SRVVLEOH

Antenna Antenna

*The two antennas should be placed at 90 degrees to each other.


*The Illustration demonstrates how the antenna should be placed.
*Receiver Vibration and Waterproofing: The receiver contains precision electronic parts. Be sure to avoid vibration,
shock, and temperature extremes. For protection, wrap the receiver in foam rubber or other vibration-absorbing
materials. It is also a good idea to waterproof the receiver by placing it in a plastic bag and securing the open end of the
bag with a rubber band before wrapping it with foam rubber. If you accidentally get moisture or fuel inside the receiver,
you may experience intermittent operation or a crash. If in doubt, return the receiver to our service center for service.

26 <Before Use>
Safety precautions when you install
Mounting the Servo
receiver and servos

Wood screw 2.3-2.6mm nut Warning


washer
Rubber Rubber
grommet grommet Connecting connectors
Brass eyelet Brass eyelet
Servo mount
Be sure to insert the connector until it
Servo mount
2.3-2.6mm screw stops at the deepest point.

(Airplane/Glider) (Helicopter) How to protect the receiver from vibration


and water
Servo lead wires
Wrap the receiver with something soft
To prevent the servo lead cable from being
such as foam rubber to avoid vibration.
broken by vibration during flight, provide a
little slack in the cable and fasten it at suitable If there is a chance of getting wet, put the
points. Periodically check the cable during daily receiver in a waterproof bag or balloon to
maintenance. avoid water.

Receiver's antenna

Never cut the receiver's antenna. Do not


bind the receiver's antenna with the cables
for servos.

Locate the receiver's antenna as far as


possible from metals or carbon fiber
Margin in the lead wire. Fasten about 5-10cm
components such as frames, cables, etc.
from the servo outlet so *Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will reduce the
that the lead wire is neat.
radio reception sensitivity and range, and may cause a
crash.
Mounting the power switch
When mounting a power switch to an airframe,
make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than Servo throw
the total stroke of the switch so that you can turn
the switch ON/OFF without binding. Adjust your system so that pushrods will
Avoid mounting the switch where it can be not bind or sag when operating the servos
covered by engine oil and dust. In general, it is to the full extent.
recommended to mount the power switch on the *If excessive force is continuously applied to a servo, the
VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU servo could be damaged due to force on the gear train
and/or power consumption causing rapid battery drain.

Mounting servos

Use a vibration-proof rubber (such as


rubber grommet) under a servo when
mounting the servo on a servo mount. And
be sure that the servo cases do not touch
directly to the metal parts such as servo
mount.
*If the servo case contacts the airframe directly, vibration
will travel to and possibly damage the servo.

<Before Use> 27
S.BUS/S.BUS2 Installation
7KLVVHWXVHVWKH6%866%86V\VWHP7KHZLULQJLVDVVLPSOL¿HGDQGFOHDQPRXQWLQJDVSRVVLEOHHYHQ
with models that use a large number of servos. In addition, the wings can be quickly installed to the fuselage
without any erroneous wiring by the use of only one simple wire, even when there are a large number of
servos used.
Ɣ:KHQXVLQJ6%866%86VSHFLDOVHWWLQJVDQGPL[HVLQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHXQQHFHVVDU\
Ɣ7KH6%866%86VHUYRVPHPRUL]HWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVWKHPVHOYHV 6HWWDEOHZLWKWKH76*
Ɣ7KH6%866%86V\VWHPDQGFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHP UHFHLYHUFRQYHQWLRQDO&+XVHG FDQEHPL[HG

28 <Before Use>
S.BUS Wiring example

*When using 8/SB as S.BUS, you must set the receiver to


Mode B or Mode D. See R7008SB CH MODE TABLE.

Since the channel number is memorized by


6%86 %DWWHU\ the S.BUS itself, any connector can be used.
3RUW
When the SBD-1 (sold separately) is used,
6%
ordinary servos can be used with the
6ZLWFK
*< S.BUS system.
([WHQVLRQ
FRUG 7HUPLQDOER[

7HUPLQDOER[
Four connectors can be inserted

+8% +8% +8%


Warning
Power supply
Please make sure that you
use a battery that can deliver
enough capacity for the
number and kind of servos
6%866HUYR used. Alkaline batteries
cannot be used.

+8%
‫ق‬$QRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\‫ك‬

6ZLWFK

+8% +8%
When a large number of servos are used or
when high current servos are used, the servos
%DWWHU\
can be driven by a separate power supply by
using a separate Power Supply 3-way Hub.

6%866HUYR

+8%

+8%
Used when using a separate
power supply battery.
Three connectors can be
inserted.
<Before Use> 29
S.BUS2 System
When using the S.BUS2 port, an impressive array of telemetry sensors may be utilized.

S.BUS2 TABLE

Don't connect S.BUS Servo,


S.BUS Gyro to S.BUS2 connector.

S.BUS servos and gyros and S.BUS2 servos and gyros must be used in the
correct receiver ports. Please refer to the instruction manual to make sure
you connect to the correct one.

&+0RGHLVVHWWR0RGH%>'@
6%86
3RUW
6%

6%86
3RUW
+XE

+XE +XE +XE

6%866HUYR 6%866HUYR 7HOHPHWU\


6%86VHUYR 6%86VHUYR 6HQVRU
&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH &RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH
6%86J\UR
&RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH 6%86
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU
*<52
ٔ
&RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH 5XGGHU6HUYR

30 <Before Use>
S.BUS/S.BUS2 device setting
S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or a telemetry sensor can be connected directly to the T14SG. Channel setting and
other data can be entered for the S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or sensors.

ZD\KXE
RU<KDUQHVVHV
76*

6%866%86 5HFHLYHUV
GHYLFH %DWWHU\
6%866%86
6HUYR
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU

 &RQQHFW WKH 6%86 GHYLFH DQG EDWWHU\ \RX


ZDQWWRVHWZLWKDZD\KXERU<KDUQHVVHV
DVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUH
7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU
&DOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
6HUYR6\VWHP0HQX 6%866HUYR
6HQVRU/LQNDJH0HQX 6HQVRU
 3HUIRUP VHWWLQJ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK HDFK
VFUHHQ
7KLVVHWVWKHFKDQQHODQGRWKHUGDWDIRUHDFK
6%86 VHUYR RU WHOHPHWU\ GHYLFH WR EH XVHG
ZLWKWKH6%86GHYLFHRUUHFHLYHU

<Before Use> 31
Telemetry System
7KH56%UHFHLYHUIHDWXUHVELGLUHFWLRQDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQZLWKD)$667HVW)XWDEDWUDQVPLWWHUXVLQJ
the S.BUS2 port. Using the S.BUS2 port an impressive array of telemetry sensors may be utilized. It also
includes both standard PWM output ports and S.BUS output ports.
* Telemetry is available only in the FASSTest 14CH mode. (12CH mode displays only Receiver battery
voltage and Extra battery voltage.)
7KHWHOHPHWU\IXQFWLRQUHTXLUHVWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJUHFHLYHU 56% 
7KH76*ZLOOHQWHUDQGNHHSWKH,'QXPEHURIWKH56%WKDWLWLVOLQNHGWR

76* Your aircrafts data can be checked in the


transmitter by connecting various telemetry
sensors to the S.BUS2 connector of the
receiver.

7HPSHUDWXUH
6HQVRU

530
6HQVRU
6%86 6ZLWFK +8%
&RQQHFWRU $OWLWXGH
6HQVRU

9ROWDJH
7HUPLQDOER[ 6HQVRU

*36
6HQVRU
+8%
6HQVRU

Servos are classified by channel, but sensors 6HQVRU

are classified by “slot” . Since the initial slot +8%


No. of the T14SG is preset at each sensor,
the sensors can be used as is by connecting
them. There are 1 31 slots.

32 <Before Use>
BASIC OPERATION
Battery Charging
Before charging batteries, read the "Cautions for handling battery and battery charger" in the section
"NiMH/NiCd Battery Safety and Handling Instructions".

How to charge the NiMH battery HT5F1800B *Battery charging will not automatically stop. Remove the
battery and transmitter from the charger and remove the
for the transmitter charger from the wall socket.
*It is recommended to reactivate the battery by cycling
Danger several times if the battery has not been used for a long
period.
The NiMH battery HT5F1800B is only for *In the case of NiMH/NiCd batteries, you may find poor
your T14SG. Do not use this battery for other performance of the battery if you have used the battery
equipment. only for a short period or if you repeat charging while the
battery is not fully discharged. It is suggested to discharge
Be sure to use the attached special charger to the battery to the recommended level after use. It is also
recommended to charge the battery just before use.
charge the battery.
*If you take the NiMH battery HT5F1800B out of the
transmitter, you can use the optional quick charger CR-2000
corresponding to NiMH battery.

[Method of charging battery]

ƔSpecial charger
*Connect to AC outlet
specified.

Receiver Batt. Transmitter Batt.


Charging display Charging display

To T14SG charge
connector

1. Connect the special charger to the wall


socket (AC outlet).
2. Connect the connectors to the T14SG
charging jack.
&RQ¿UPWKDWWKHFKDUJLQJLQGLFDWRU/('ODPSLVRQ
*Turn off the transmitter while charging the battery.
3. Remove the battery after 15 hours.

<Basic Operation> 33
How to turn transmitter power ON/OFF
When turning on the power, the T14SG
transmitter will begin emmiting RF automatically
DIWHULWFRQ¿UPVWKHVXUURXQGLQJ5)FRQGLWLRQV
*below 1/3 stick, the warning display goes off.
The T14SG transmitter also offers the ability to
auto shut-down.
When turning on the power of the transmitter

Registration of the user's name


If so desired, the T14SG transmitter can
indicate the owner's name.
1. Turn on the power switch of the transmitter.
User's name setup screen
7KHPHVVDJH&+(&.5)&21',7,21LVGLVSOD\HGIRUD
PRPHQW$WWKHVDPHWLPHWKHOHIW/('PRQLWRUEOLQNV 1. Turn on the power of the transmitter.
*The home screen appears.
2. Lightly touch the SYS button twice rapidly
and the System menu appears.
3. Select [USER NAME] in the System menu and
touch the RTN button.
2. Then, you will see the home screen and the *The user name set up screen appears.
transmitter begins to emit radio waves.
7KHOHIWDQGULJKW/('PRQLWRUVZLOOFKDQJHWRVROLGUHG

How to stop the transmitter


1. Turn off the power switch of the transmitter.
Input Box
*The transmitter shuts down at once.
*Current user name is displayed.

Changing the user name


Low battery alarm and auto shut-down
1. Change the user name as described below:
When the battery voltage reaches 5.2V, an
[Moving cursor in input box]
DXGLEOH DODUP ZLOO VRXQG /DQG \RXU DLUFUDIW
 6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
immediately.
[Deleting a character]
When the battery voltage reaches 3.9V, the
When [DELETE] is selected and the RTN button
transmitter will be turned off automatically. is touched, the character immediately after
*If you do not operate the transmitter (or move a stick, the cursor is deleted.
knob, switch or digital trim) for 30 minutes, the message [Adding a character]
3/($6(78512))32:(56:,7&+LVGLVSOD\HGDQG
an audible alarm will sound.
When a character is selected from the
character list and the RTN button is touched,
that character is added at the position
immediately after the cursor.
Warning display at power ON (Airplane/ *A name of up to 10 characters long can be entered as the
Helicopter) user name. (A space is also counted as one character.)

:KHQ WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN GXULQJ 3RZHU 2Q LV DW 2. At the end of input, select [ENTER] and tuoch
the RTN button. (To terminate input and
the high side (or over 1/3 stick) a warning will be return to the original state, select [CANCEL]
displayed. and touch the RTN button.)

34 <Basic Operation>
Home screen
8VHWKHWRXFKVHQVRUWRVHOHFWWKHIROORZLQJGLVSOD\DUHDWRFDOOHDFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571
button. The setting screen appears.

System timer Key lock


‡7KLVVKRZVWKHDFFXPXODWHGWLPHVLQFH ‡ 7RXFK WKH 6 EXWWRQ RU SXVK WKH
the latest reset. (Hour):(Minute) HOME/EXIT button for one second to
‡ 8VH WKH FXUVRU WR KLJKOLJKW WKLV WKHQ lock/unlock the key operation.
touch the RTN button for one second In the key lock mode the key icon is
to reset the system timer. displayed here.

Up/Down timer (ST1, ST2) SD card indicator


‡7LPHULVGLVSOD\HGKHUH Battery Indicator
Touch the RTN button at the [xx]:[xx. ‡ :KHQ WKH EDWWHU\ YROWDJH
xx] item to start/stop the timer. reaches 5.2V(Change in
‡ 8VH WKH FXUVRU WR KLJKOLJKW WKLV WKHQ Warning Menu), the alarm
touch the RTN button at the ST1 or ST2 will beep. Land your aircraft
item to call the timer set-up screen. immediately.
*See the description at the back of this manual.
Model type
User's name Model Name
‡7KHPRGHOQDPHWKDW
is currently used is
RF indicator displayed here.
‡  8 V H  W K H  F X U V R U  W R
highlight this, then
touch the RTN button
to call the model
select set-up screen.

System mode Model timer


‡ 6\VWHP )$667HVW&+ HWF  ‡ 7KLV VKRZV WKH DFFXPXODWHG WLPH
mode is displayed here. since the latest reset. (each model)
‡ 8VH WKH FXUVRU WR KLJKOLJKW WKLV (Hour):(Minute)
then touch the RTN button
to call the frequency set-up ‡ 8VH WKH FXUVRU WR KLJKOLJKW WKLV
screen. then touch the RTN button for one
second to reset the model timer.
Digital trim (T1 to T4)
Condition name (Heli/Glider)
‡ 7ULPSRVLWLRQLVGLVSOD\HGKHUH
‡ ,Q WKH QRUPDO FRQGLWLRQ PRYH WKH
‡ <RXFDQVHOHFWWKHGLVSOD\XQLW cursor to the condition name and
on the home screen on the touch the RTN button. The condition
T1-T4 setting screen within the name is changed and blinks.
linkage menu.
It is possible to operate the digital
2nd Home screen trim in all conditions.

‡ 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ DW VPP condition # (Air)


the clock icon to call the
2 nd home screen (large ‡:KHQ933IXQFWLRQLVDVVLJQHG WRD
size timer). FKDQQHO WKH FXUUHQW 933 FRQGLWLRQ
# is displayed here.

<Basic Operation> 35
User Menu Warning
A user menu which allows the user to
customize and display frequently used functions %HVXUHWRFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPHEHIRUH
has been added. À\LQJ\RXUDLUFUDIW
1. When the "U.MENU" button is pushed for Check the battery voltage as often as
two seconds, the user menu appears. possible and try to charge the battery
5HWXUQWRWKHKRPHVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH(;,7EXWWRQ earlier. If the battery alarm makes a sound,
while the user menu is being displayed.
land your aircraft immediately.

2. When the cursor highlights the dotted line,


"----------" and the RTN button is touched,
the menu selection screen appears.

3. When the cursor is moved to the setting


that you to set to the user menu and the
RTN button is touched, that setting screen
is added to the user menu.
4. The registered setting screen can be
called by moving the cursor to it and
touching the RTN button.

*When you want to delete an added screen from the user


menu, highlight item you wish to delete, press and hold
the RTN button for one second.

36 <Basic Operation>
Link procedure (T14SG/R7008SB)
(DFKWUDQVPLWWHUKDVDQLQGLYLGXDOO\DVVLJQHGXQLTXH,'FRGH,QRUGHUWRVWDUWRSHUDWLRQWKHUHFHLYHU
PXVWEHOLQNHGZLWKWKH,'FRGHRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKZKLFKLWLVEHLQJSDLUHG2QFHWKHOLQNLVPDGH
the ID code is stored in the receiver and no further linking is necessary unless the receiver is to be used
with another transmitter. When you purchase additional R7008SB receivers, this procedure is necessary;
otherwise the receiver will not work.
Link procedure 6. When changing battery fail-safe voltage
from the initial value 3.8V, voltage is
3ODFHWKHWUDQVPLWWHUDQGWKHUHFHLYHUFORVH changed here.
to each other within half (0.5m) meter.
 2QO\LQ)$667HVW0RGH

2. Turn on the transmitter.


7.[LINK] is chosen by scrolling and the RTN
3. Select [SYSTEM] at the Linkage menu and button is pushed. The transmitter will emit a
access the setup screen shown below by chime as it starts the linking process.
touching the RTN button.

:You can d
do thi
this th
through
h th
the LINK
LINKAGE Menu
and scroll to System and press RTN. 8. When the transmitter starts to chime, power
on the receiver. The receiver should link to
4. When you use two receivers on one model, the transmitter within about 1 second.
you must change from [SINGLE] to [DUAL].
*Only two receivers can be used. In
"DUAL", two setting items come out. Input,
respectively.

,' RI D 3ULPDU\ ID of a Secondary


receiver displays. receiver displays.

9. If linking fails, an error message is displayed.


Bring the transmitter closer to the receiver
and repeat the procedure above from Step 2.
In DUAL, a primary receiver
is link previously. Next, a
secondary receiver is link. 10. ACT will be chosen if telemetry is used.
It is INH when not using it.
)ZLOOEHFKRVHQLILWLVXVHGLQ)UDQFHRWKHUV
"G" general.

<Basic Operation> 37
11. When a telemetry function is enabled,
the receiving interval (down-link interval) of
sensor data can be changed. If a DL interval
is increased, the response of the sensor data
display becomes slower, but stick response
will improve.
Initial value: 1.0s
Adjustment range: 0.1s~2.0s

* If there are many FASSTest systems turned on around your


receiver, it might not link to your transmitter. In this case,
HYHQLIWKHUHFHLYHU V/('VWD\VVROLGJUHHQXQIRUWXQDWHO\
the receiver might have established a link to one of other
transmitters. This is very dangerous if you do not notice
this situation. In order to avoid the problem, we strongly
recommend you to doublecheck whether your receiver is
really under control by your transmitter by giving the stick
input and then checking the servo response.
*Do not perform the linking operation when the drive motor
is connected or the engine is running.
* When you use two receivers, please be sure to setup a
"primary" and "secondary" in the "dual" mode.
*A telemetry function cannot be used for the 2nd receiver of
GXDOUHFHLYHUPRGH7KHYROWDJHDQG([WYROWDJHRIDQG
receiver cannot be known with a transmitter.
* You must link one receiver at a time. If both power
supplies to the receivers are switched on simultaneously,
data is received incorrectly by the transmitter.
* If a dual receiver function is used, in order to receive
sensor information correctly by both sets, telemetry data
will be slower compared to a single receiver setup.
* You cannot link three receivers.
/LQNLVUHTXLUHGZKHQDV\VWHPW\SHLVFKDQJHG
/LQNLQJLVUHTXLUHGZKHQHYHUDQHZPRGHOLVPDGH

Warning
After the linking is done, please cycle receiver
power and check that the receiver to be linked
is really under the control of the transmitter.
Do not perform the linking procedure with
motor's main wire connected or with the engine
operating as it may result in serious injury.

38 <Basic Operation>
Range Testing Your R/C System
,WLVH[WUHPHO\LPSRUWDQWWRUDQJHFKHFN\RXUPRGHOVSULRUWRHDFKIO\LQJVHVVLRQ7KLVHQDEOHV\RXWR
HQVXUHWKDWHYHU\WKLQJLVIXQFWLRQLQJDVLWVKRXOGDQGWRREWDLQPD[LPXPHQMR\PHQWIURP\RXUWLPHÀ\LQJ
The T14SG transmitter incorporates a system that reduces its power output and allows you to perform such
a range check.

Range check mode Range check procedure


We have installed a special "Range check 1. With the "Range check mode" on, walk
mode" for doing a ground range check. To access away from the model while simultaneously
operating the controls. Have an assistant
the "Range check mode" touch and hold the RTN
stand by the model to confirm that all
button while turning on the transmitter. Doing so controls are completely and correctly
ZLOOEULQJXS32:(502'(PHQX operational. You should be able to walk
approximately 30-50 paces from the model
without losing control.
2. If everything operates correctly, return to
the model. Set the transmitter in a safe, yet
accessible, location so it will be within reach
after starting the engine or motor. Be certain
The present model
the throttle stick is in the low throttle position,
To activate the "Range check mode" touch the WKHQ VWDUW WKH HQJLQH RU PRWRU 3HUIRUP
another range check with your assistant
RTN button and the range check mode screen will holding the aircraft with the engine running
appear. at various speeds. If the servos jitter or move
inadvertently, there may be a problem. We
ZRXOGVWURQJO\VXJJHVW\RXGRQRWÁ\XQWLOWKH
VRXUFHRIWKHGLIÀFXOW\KDVEHHQGHWHUPLQHG
Look for loose servo connections or binding
pushrods. Also, be certain that the battery
has been fully charged.
During this mode, the RF power output is
reduced so the range test can be performed. In
addition, when this mode is activated the right
/('RQWKHIURQWRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVWDUWVEOLQNLQJ
and the transmitter gives users a warning with a
beeping sound every 3 seconds.
The "Range check mode" continues for 90
seconds and after that the power will return
WR WKH QRUPDO OHYHO 7R H[LW WKH 5DQJH FKHFN
PRGHEHIRUHWKHVHFRQGVVHOHFWWKH5$1*(
&+(&. DW WKH WRS RI WKH VFUHHQ DQG WRXFK WKH
RTN button again. This mode is available one
time only so if you need to re-use this function the
WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU PXVW EH F\FOHG 1(9(5 VWDUW
À\LQJZKHQWKH5DQJHFKHFNPRGHLVDFWLYH
Should you require additional time to perform
a range check, highlight Restart before your time Warning
H[SLUHVDQGSUHVVWKH571EXWWRQRQHWLPH
'RQRWÀ\LQWKHUDQJHFKHFNPRGH
*Since the range of the radio waves is short, if the model
is too far from the transmitter, control will be lost and the
model will crash.

<Basic Operation> 39
RECEIVER AND SERVO INSTALLATION

Receiver and servos connection


Connect the receiver and servos in accordance with the connection diagram shown below. Always read the
section [Before using]. When mounting the receiver and servos to the fuselage, connect the necessary points
in accordance with the model's instruction manual.

Receiver and servos connection diagram


Always connect the necessary number of servos.
The receiver channel assignment depends on the
model type. See the Servo connection by model
type tables.

R7008SB (output connector section)


sCH1~6: Output connectors 1~6
s" /UTPUT CONNECTORS  AND 0OWER SUPPLY
s3" /UTPUT CONNECTORS  OR 3"53 SYSTEM
s3"53 3"53 SYSTEM

CH1~8,

Receiver battery

Charging port Receiver switch

Servos

40 <Receiver and Servo Installation>


Servo connection by model type
The T14SG transmitter channels are automatically assigned for optimal combination according to the type
selected with the Model Type function of the Linkage Menu. The channel assignment (initial setting) for
each model type is shown below. Connect the receiver and servos to match the type used.
*The set channels can be checked at the Function screen of the Linkage Menu. The channel assignments can also be changed. For
more information, read the description of the Function menu.

Airplane/glider
Normal wing and V-tail

Ailvator (Dual Elevator)

<Receiver and Servo Installation> 41


Airplane/glider

Flying wing, Delta wing

Flying wing, Delta wing (Winglet 2 Rudder)

* Output channels differ by each system of a table. When using a system with few channels, there
is a wing type which cannot be used. It cannot be used when there is a function required out of
WKHUDQJHRIWKHDUURZRID¿JXUH

42 <Receiver and Servo Installation>


Helicopter

All Other H-4, H4X Swash

All Other H-4, H4X Swash

Ɣ6LQFH WKH FK GRHVQ W ZRUN RQ WKH FK PRGH SOHDVH DVVLJQ WKH
HOHYDWRU + +;  RU WKH QHHGOH DOO RWKHU  WR  FKDQQQHO LI WKH
governor is not used.

<Receiver and Servo Installation> 43


MODEL BASIC SETTING PROCEDURE
Airplane/glider basic setting procedure
1. Model addition and selection 3. Fuselage linkage
Initially, the T14SG assigns the first model to Connect the ailerons, elevators, throttle, rudder,
model-01 in the transmitter. The Model Select etc. in accordance with the model's instruction
function of the Linkage Menu is used to add manual. For a description of the connection
models and to select amongst models which are method, see the Receiver and Servos Connection.
already set. Note that even for the same "airplane
model", when the wing type and tail type
are different, the channel assignment may
be different. (The channel assigned to each
function can be checked at the Function
menu of the Linkage Menu.)

The T14SG is capable of storing data for up


to 30 models in its internal memory. Additional
model data can also be saved to an optional SD
card.
The currently selected model name is displayed ŏ ,IWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVHUYRLVLQFRUUHFWDGMXVW
LQWKHFHQWHURIWKHKRPHVFUHHQ%HIRUHÀ\LQJDQG WKHGLUHFWLRQZLWKWKH5HYHUVHIXQFWLRQRIWKH
before changing any settings, always confirm the /LQNDJH0HQX
model name.
When a new model is added, the Model type
select screen and System mode setup screen
automatically appear. Please be aware that the
transmitter will stop transmitting temporarily when
you change the model. ŏ $GMXVW WKH QHXWUDO SRVLWLRQ DQG FRQWURO
When a new model is added, you will need to re- VXUIDFH DQJOH ZLWK WKH OLQNDJH DQG ILQH
link the receiver. WXQH WKHP ZLWK WKH 6XE7ULP DQG (QG 3RLQW
IXQFWLRQV DQJOHDGMXVWPHQW 7RSURWHFWWKH
OLQNDJHDOLPLWSRVLWLRQFDQDOVREHVHWZLWK
WKH(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQ7KH(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQ
FDQDGMXVWWKHDPRXQWRIXSGRZQDQGOHIW
ULJKWPRYHPHQWDQGOLPLWRIHDFKFKDQQHO

2. Model type selection


Select the model type matched to the aircraft
with the Model Type select function of the Linkage
Menu. For an airplane, select the model type from
4. Throttle cut setting (Airplane)
among the 2 types: airplane and glider. And then
select the wing type and the tail type matched to Throttle cut can be performed with one touch by a
the aircraft. switch without changing the throttle trim position.
Set throttle cut with the Throttle Cut function of
the Linkage Menu. After activating the throttle cut
function and selecting the switch, adjust the throttle
position so that the carburetor becomes fully closed.
For safety, the throttle cut function operates the

44 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>


throttle stick in the 1/3 or less (slow side) position. The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, and
flap servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the
VSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQ
be adjusted. You can also set the Auto Mode, which
will link Airbrake to a stick, switch, or dial. A
separate stick switch or dial can also be set as the
ON/OFF switch.
5. Idle down setting (Airplane)
The idling speed can be lowered with one touch
by a switch without changing the throttle trim
position. Perform this setting with the Idle Down
function of the Linkage Menu. After activating the
Idle Down function and selecting the switch, adjust
the idle down speed. For safety, the idle down $GGLWLRQRIÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV *OLGHU
function acts only when the throttle stick is in the The Condition Select function automatically
lowest part of its throw. allocates the normal condition (NORMAL) for
*While the Throttle Cut function is in operation, the Idle each model. NORMAL is the default condition and
Down function does not work. is the only one active when a new model type is
GH¿QHG
,I\RXZDQWWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVSOHDVHUHIHU
to a description of the CONDITION function.

6. D/R function
D/R function is used to adjust the throw and
operation curve of the stick functions (aileron, *The NORMAL is always on, and remains on until other
elevator, rudder and throttle) for each switch conditions are activated by switches, stick positions, etc.
SRVLWLRQ DLUSODQH RUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ JOLGHU  Please refer to the section entitled Switch Selection Method
7KLVLVQRUPDOO\XVHGDIWHUWKHPRGHOHUKDVGH¿QHG for additional information on how to do so.
the maximum throw directions in the End Point *It is possible to customize the activation of the flight
settings. conditions.
(Airplane) *The Condition Delay can be programmed for each channel.
The Condition Delay is used to change the servo throw
smoothly when switching conditions.

(Glider)

7. Airbrake (Airplane)
This function is used when an airbrake is
necessary when taking off or diving, etc. Please
note: this menu item is only available under certain
ZLQJFRQ¿JXUDWLRQV)RUH[DPSOHLWZLOOQRWDSSHDU
if a single aileron wing type has been selected.
7KHSUHVHWHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSRIIVHWDPRXQWFDQ
be activated by a switch.
<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 45
Helicopter basic setting procedure
This section outlines examples of use of the helicopter functions of the T14SG. Adjust the actual values,
etc. to match the fuselage used.

1. Model addition and selection functions for the chosen model type. Six swash types are
available for helicopters.
Initially, the T14SG assigns the first model to *For a description of the swash type selection, refer to the
model-01 in the transmitter. To add new models MODEL TYPE function.
or to select a model already programmed, use the
Model Select function of the Linkage Menu. 3. Flight condition addition
7KHWUDQVPLWWHURIIHUVXSWR¿YHÀLJKWFRnditions
per model.

This is convenient when selecting a model


after entering the model's names in advance. The
T14SG is capable of storing up to 30 models in the
The Condition Select function automatically
transmitter's internal memory. Additional models
DOORFDWHV¿YHFRQGLWLRQVIRUKHOLFRSWHUV
can also be stored in an optional SD card.
 ,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ
The currently selected model is displayed in
the middle of the screen. Before flying and before  ŏ1250$/
changing any settings, always confirm the model  ŏ,'/(83 6:(
name.  ŏ,'/(83 6:(
When a new model is added, the Model Type select  ŏ,'/(83 6:)
screen and system mode setup screen automatically  ŏ+2/' +ROGVZLWFKLVQRWDVVLJQHGLQLWLDOO\
appear. Change, or check that they match the swash Note: Since you may accidentally activate
type and receiver type of the model used. a condition that not previously setup during
When a new model is added, you will need to re- ÁLJKWZKLFKFRXOGFDXVHDFUDVKZHVXJJHVW
link the receiver. deleting conditions that are not used.
*For a description of the condition deletion, refer to the
Condition Select function.
The NORMAL condition is always on, and
remains on until other conditions are activated by
switches.
The priority is throttle hold/idle up 3/idle up 2/
idle up 1/normal. Throttle hold has the highest
priority.
The Condition Delay can be programmed for
each channel and condition. The Condition Delay
2. Model type and swash type selection is used to change the servo throw smoothly when
switching conditions.
If a different model type is already selected,
select helicopter with the Model Type function of *HQHUDOÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVHWWLQJH[DPSOH
the Linkage Menu, and then select the swash type ŏ1RUPDO 8VHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJFRQGLWLRQVRSHUDWH
matched to the helicopter. ZKHQVZLWFK2))
8VHIURPHQJLQHVWDUWLQJWRKRYHULQJ
ŏ,GOHXS 2SHUDWHDW6:(FHQWHU
8VHLQVWDOOWXUQORRSDQGRWKHUPDQHXYHUV
ŏ,GOHXS 2SHUDWHDW6:(IRUZDUGVLGH
*The Model Type function automatically selects the 8VHLQUROOV
appropriate output channels, control functions, and mixing ŏ7KURWWOHKROG 2SHUDWHDW6:*IRUZDUGVLGH
8VHLQDXWRURWDWLRQ
46 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>
4. Servo Connection 5. Throttle/Pitch curve setting
Connect the throttle rudder, aileron, elevator, This function adjusts the throttle or pitch
pitch, and other servos in accordance with the operation curve in relation to the movement of the
kit instruction manual. For a description of the throttle stick for each condition.
connection method, see "Receiver and Servos
Connection".
Note: The channel assigned to each function
can be checked at the Function menu of the
Linkage Menu.

7KURWWOHFXUYHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH!
Activate the throttle curve of each condition with
the condition select switch.
ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
ŏ ,I WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI RSHUDWLRQ RI WKH VHUYR 1RUPDO FXUYH FUHDWHV D EDVLF WKURWWOH FXUYH
LV LQFRUUHFW XVH WKH 5HYHUVH IXQFWLRQ RI FHQWHUHG QHDU KRYHULQJ 7KLV FXUYH LV DGMXVWHG
WKH /LQNDJH 0HQX $OVR XVH WKH VZDVK $)5 WRJHWKHUZLWKWKHSLWFKFXUYH 1RUPDO VRWKDWWKH
IXQFWLRQLQRWKHUWKDQWKH+PRGH HQJLQH VSHHG LV FRQVWDQW DQG XSGRZQ FRQWURO LV
HDVLHVW
ŏ,GOHXSFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
7KH ORZ VLGH 7KURWWOH FXUYH FUHDWHV D FXUYH
PDWFKHGIRUDHUREDWLFV ORRSUROO'HWF 
ŏ7KURWWOHKROGFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
&RQÀUPWKDWWKHUDWHRIWKHVORZHVWSRVLWLRQ  RI
WKHVWLFNLV LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ 

<([DPSOHRISLWFKFXUYHVHWWLQJ!
Activate the pitch curve of each condition with
ŏ$GMXVWWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQRIWKHJ\UR the condition select switch.
*\URVLGHIXQFWLRQ ŏ3LWFKFXUYH 1RUPDO
ŏ &RQQHFW WKH WKURWWOH OLQNDJH VR WKDW WKH 0DNHWKHSLWFKDWKRYHULQJDSSUR[LPDWHO\º~6º
FDUEXUHWRUFDQIXOO\FORVHDWIXOOWULPWKURWWOH
6HW WKH SLWFK DW KRYHULQJ ZLWK WKH VWLFN SRVLWLRQ DW
FXW
WKHSRLQWDVWKHVWDQGDUG
ŏ$GMXVWWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQDWWKHOLQNDJHVLGH *Stability at hovering may be connected to the throttle curve.
DQGÀQHWXQHZLWKWKH6XE7ULPIXQFWLRQDQG Adjustment is easy by using the hovering throttle function
(QG 3RLQW IXQFWLRQ 7R SURWHFW WKH OLQNDJH and hovering pitch function together.
DOLPLWSRVLWLRQFDQDOVREHVHWZLWKWKH(QG
3RLQWIXQFWLRQ ŏ3LWFKFXUYH ,GOHXS
7KHLGOHXSSLWFKFXUYHIXQFWLRQFUHDWHVDFXUYH
PDWFKHGWRDLUERUQHÁLJKW
6HWWRºaºDVVWDQGDUG
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH ,GOHXS
7KHKLJKVLGHSLWFKVHWWLQJLVOHVVWKDQLGOHXS
7KHVWDQGDUGLVº
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH +ROG
$W DXWR URWDWLRQ XVH WKH PD[LPXP SLWFK DW ERWK
WKHKLJKDQGORZVLGHV
>3LWFKDQJOHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH@
ŏ6ZDVKSODWHFRUUHFWLRQ ([FHSW+PRGH
7KURWWOHKROGºaº
*If any interactions are noticed, for a description of the
linkage correction function, please refer to the SWASH
function.

<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 47


6. D/R function function from the Model Menu, and set the curve
D/R function is used to adjust the throw and for each condition. (At initial setting, this function
operation curve of aileron, elevator and rudder for is in the "INH" state. To use it, set it to the "ON"
each condition. state.)
*For throttle and pitch curve settings, refer to the afore- 6HWWLQJH[DPSOH!
mentioned "Throttle/Pitch curve setting"
Activate the mixing curve of each condition with
7KLVLVQRUPDOO\XVHGDIWHU(QG3RLQWKDVGH¿QHG the condition select switch.
the maximum throw directions. $FXUYHVHWWLQJH[DPSOHLVVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJFXUYH 1RUPDO
8VH WKH KRYHULQJ V\VWHP DQG VHW WKLV FXUYH WR
PDWFKWDNHRIIDQGODQGLQJDQGYHUWLFDOFOLPEDWD
FRQVWDQWVSHHG
ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJ ,GOHXS
*\URVHQVLWLYLW\DQGPRGHVZLWFKLQJ 8VHWKLVFXUYHLQVWDOOWXUQORRSDQGDGMXVWLWVRWKH
IXVHODJH LV IDFLQJ VWUDLJKW DKHDG ZKHQ KHDGLQJ
The gyro sensitivity and mode switching LQWRWKHZLQG
function is utilized to adjust the gyro mixing of the
model, and can be set for each condition. ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJ +ROG
7KLV IXQFWLRQ LV VHW VR WKDW WKH IXVHODJH LV IDFLQJ
VWUDLJKW DKHDG DW VWUDLJKW OLQH DXWR URWDWLRQ 7KH
SLWFKRIWKHWDLOURWRUEHFRPHVQHDUO\º

9. Throttle hold setting


*If throttle hold is necessary, please refer to the THR HOLD
ŏ 1RUPDOFRQGLWLRQ KRYHULQJ *\URVHQVLWLYLW\ function.
PD[LPXP
ŏ ,GOH XS ,GOH XS 7KURWWOH KROG *\UR
VHQVLWLYLW\PLQLPXP
ŏ +RZHYHU GXULQJ DXWR URWDWLRQV ZLWK D WDLO
GULYHQKHOLFRSWHUWKLVIXQFWLRQPD\QRWKDYH
DQ\HIIHFWRQWKHKLJKJ\URVHQVLWLYLW\
10. Throttle cut setting
Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the
3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJVHWWLQJ HQJLQHE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
Note: When using a Futaba GY Gyro, or other at idle. The action is not functional at high throttle
heading hold gyro, this Pitch to RUD mixing to avoid accidental dead sticks. The switch’s
should not be used. The reaction torque is location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults
corrected by the gyro. When operating the to NULL.
gyro in the AVCS mode, the mixed signal will
cause neutral deviation symptoms and the
gyro will not operate normally.

*With throttle stick at idle, adjust the cut position until the
engine consistently shuts off, but throttle linkage is not
binding.
Use this function when you want to suppress
the torque generated by the changes in the pitch 6ZDVK0L[FRUUHFWVDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG
and speed of the main rotor during pitch operation. pitch interaction
Adjust it so that the nose does not swing in the The swash mix function is used to correct the
rudder direction. However, when using a heading swash plate in the aileron (Left/Right Cyclic)
hold gyro like those shown above, do not use Pitch and elevator (Forward/Aft Cyclic) direction
to rudder mixing. corresponding to each operation of each condition.
Activate the Pitch to rudder (Pit -->RUD) mixing

48 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>


7KURWWOHPL[LQJVHWWLQJ
*If throttle mixing is necessary for a compensation for
slowing of engine speed caused by swash plate operation
during aileron or elevator operation, please refer to the
THROTTLE MIX function.

2WKHUVSHFLDOPL[LQJV
ŏ3LWFKWR1HHGOHPL[LQJ
7KLVPL[LQJLVXVHGZLWKHQJLQHVZLWKDGHVLJQZKLFK
DOORZV QHHGOH FRQWURO GXULQJ IOLJKW IXHODLU PL[WXUH
DGMXVWPHQW $QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ
7KLV PL[LQJ LV GHGLFDWHG JRYHUQRU PL[LQJ ZKHQ D
JRYHUQRULVXVHG

<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 49


SYSTEM MENU

The System Menu sets up functions of the


transmitter: This does not set up any model data.

ŏ &DOO WKH V\VWHP PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\


WRXFKLQJ WKH 6<6 EXWWRQ WZLFH DW WKH KRPH
VFUHHQHWF

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFW >6<67(0 0(18@ 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH KRPH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2UDHOME/
EXITEXWWRQLVSXVKHG

ŏ$FFHVVVHWXSVFUHHQ

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

System Menu functions table


[TRAINER]: Starts and sets the trainer system.
[DISPLAY]: LCD and back-light adjustment
[USER NAME]: User name registration
[SOUND]: Turns off the buzzer.
[H/W SET]: H/W reverse, calibration and stick mode
[START SEL.]: Immediately, a model selection can be performed
[AUTO LOCK]: The automatic lock function of two kinds of touch sensors
[INFO]: Displays the program version, SD card information, product ID, and language selection.
[SBUS SERVO]: S.BUS servo setting.

50 <Functions of System Menu>


7UDLQHUV\VWHPVWDUWLQJDQGVHWWLQJ
TRAINER
T14SG trainer system makes it possible for the NOTE: This trainer system can be used in the
instructor to chose which channels and operation following manner;
modes that can be used in the students transmitter. 1. With the T14SG transmitter and a conventional
The function and rate of each channel can be transmitter, if the channel order is different,
it is necessary to match the channel order
set, the training method can also be matched to before using this function.
the student's skill level. Two transmitters must be You can select the channel of input data
connected by an optional Trainer Cord, and the from student's transmitter in the "FUNC" or
Instructors’ transmitter should be programmed for "MIX" mode.
trainer operation, as described below. 2. When the T14SG is used as the instructor’s
transmitter, set the modulation mode of the
When the Instructor activates the trainer switch, student’s transmitter to PPM.
the student has control of the aircraft (if MIX/
If being used as the student, T14SG can be
FUNC/NORM mode is turned on, the Instructor connected to the instructor's transmitter which
can make corrections while the student has control). the PPM mode as the student's modulation
When the switch is released the Instructor regains mode is required. T14SG always sends PPM
control. This is very useful if the student gets the mode signal from the trainer jack.
aircraft into an undesirable situation. 3. Be sure that all channels work correctly in
ERWKWUDQVPLWWHUVEHIRUHÁ\LQJ
ŏ6HWWLQJGDWDDUHVWRUHGWRPRGHOGDWD
ŏ6WXGHQWUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHGDW0,;)81&
1250PRGH
ŏ$FWLYDWHGVWXGHQWFKDQQHOVFDQEHVHOHFWHG
E\VZLWFKHV

Corresponding types of transmitters and trainer mode settings:


,QVWUXFWRU VWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJV 6WXGHQW VWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJV
7\SHVRIWUDQVPLWWHUV
6\VWHP7\SH 7UDLQHUVHWWLQJ 6\VWHP7\SH 7UDLQHUVHWWLQJ 7UDLQHU&RUGV
,QVWUXFWRU 6WXGHQW 0RGPRGH &+PRGH 0RGPRGH &+PRGH 0RGPRGH
76*70= 76*70= $UELWUDU\ &+ $UELWUDU\ &+ -
70=); 7)* )870 
3&0*
76* 7=7)* $UELWUDU\ &+ &+ 330 DQG& )870 
*
); 7UDLQHU&RUGV
&+ )$6670/7
76* 7)*); $UELWUDU\ - -
&+ )$66708/7
7&7&
76* 7&7(; $UELWUDU\ &+ 330 - - 7)* )870
7(;
76* 7&*7& $UELWUDU\ &+ $UELWUDU\ - - 7)* )870
76* 7-7- $UELWUDU\ &+ $UELWUDU\ - -
70=);
7=7)* 76* $UELWUDU\ &+ $UELWUDU\ &+ -
); 7)* )870 
DQG& )870 
7)*); 76* $UELWUDU\ &+ $UELWUDU\ &+ - 7UDLQHU&RUGV
7&7&*
7&7& 76* $UELWUDU\ - $UELWUDU\ &+ -
7&7-

<Functions of System Menu> 51


ŏ6HOHFW>75$,1(5@LQWKH6\VWHPPHQXDQGHQWHUWKH
VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

Mode and switch selection Note: The trainer function won’t be turned
on unless the Instructor's transmitter receives
$FFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ SDJH  VKRZQ signals from the student's transmitter. Be
EHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH6EXWWRQWKUHHWLPHV sure to confirm this after connecting your
trainer cable.

Operating mode selection


6HWXSVFUHHQSDJH
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >$&7@ RU >&+@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV 7RXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH PRGH 7R WHUPLQDWH
WKHPRGHFKDQJHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP RI WKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $&7(QDEOHRSHUDWLRQE\FKDQJLQJWR>2))@ 6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
RU>21@ VHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV 7RXFK WKH 571
 &+:KHQWKHVWXGHQWXVHVWKH76* EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH PRGH 7R WHUPLQDWH
70= 7= 7)* RU ); VHOHFW >&+@ WKHPRGHFKDQJHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
2WKHUZLVHVHOHFW>&+@ 
 02'(6HOHFWWKHGHVLUHGRSHUDWLRQPRGH
,IFKDQJLQJWKHWUDLQHUVZLWFK IRUHDFKFKDQQHO
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH VZLWFK VHWXS NORM: The model is controlled by signals from the student
VFUHHQ transmitter.
 6HH6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGDWWKHHQGRI MIX mode: The model is controlled by signals from the
instructor and student transmitters. (Reset the student's
WKLVPDQXDOIRUVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGGHWDLOV
model data to the default condition.)
FUNC mode (function mode): The model is controlled by
 6:6HOHFWWKHGHVLUHGVZLWFK signals from the student transmitter with the instructor 's
 ,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ6+ setting. (Reset the student's model data to the default
condition.)
OFF: Only the instructor side operates.
*The switch mode can also be selected when setting the ON
position on the switch setup screen. When [ALTERNATE
OFF] is selected, normal ON/OFF operation is performed.
When [ALTERNATE ON] is selected, the trainer function
Adjusting the student's rate.
is alternately turned on and off each time the switch is *This can be adjusted for students who may need lower rates
operated. This allows alternate ON/OFF switching even than a more experienced student.
when a momentary switch (SH) is used.

52 <Functions of System Menu>


0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >5$7(@ LWHP RI WKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU

 5$7($GMXVWWKHGHVLUHGUDWH
 6HWWLQJUDQJHa
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
*When you want to reset the value to the initial state, touch
the RTN button for one second.

7R HQG DGMXVWPHQW WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ


DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Changing the student's channel


*The setting above allows setting of the channel assignment
of student side when [MIX] or [FUNC] was selected.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>678&+@LWHPRIWKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH FKDQQHO E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV 7RXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRFKDQJHWKHFKDQQHO 7RWHUPLQDWH
WKHPRGHFKDQJHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ

 678 &+ 0DWFK WKH FKDQQHO RUGHU RI WKH


,QVWUXFWRU V DQG VWXGHQW V WUDQVPLWWHU 7KLV
IXQFWLRQ ZLOO KHOS LI ERWK WUDQVPLWWHUV DUH LQ
GLIIHUHQWPRGHVRUWKH0DVWHUKDVDGLIIHUHQW
ZLQJ W\SH VHW XS 7KH VWXGHQW FDQ EH VHW
WR PDWFK WKH 0DVWHU ZLWKRXW DQ\ SK\VLFDO
FKDQJHVEHLQJPDGH

<Functions of System Menu> 53


/&'DQGEDFNOLJKWDGMXVWPHQWXQLWV\VWHP
DISPLAY
LCD contrast, back-light brightness and back-
light off-timer adjustment are possible:
Moreover, a display unit can be chosen from the
metric system or yard/pound.

ŏ6HOHFW>',63/$<@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
RTN EXWWRQ 2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

LCD contrast adjustment 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG


UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
6HOHFW&2175$67DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGHDQGDGMXVW
WKHFRQWUDVWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU Back-light off-timer
6HOHFW2))7,0(5DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 &2175$67 $GMXVW WKH FRQWUDVW WR WKH WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGHDQGDGMXVW
GHVLUHG YDOXH ZKLOH ZDWFKLQJ WKH VFUHHQ WKHEDFNOLJKWRIIWLPHUE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
GLVSOD\ VHQVRU
 6HWWLQJUDQJH /LJKWHU WR 'DUNHU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH  2))7,0(5$GMXVWWKHWLPHZKHQWKHEDFN
*When you want to reset the value to the initial state, touch OLJKW WXUQV RII DIWHU RSHUDWLQJ WKH WRXFK
the RTN button for one second. VHQVRU
 6HWWLQJ UDQJH  WR  VHF HDFK  VHF 
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG 2)) DOZD\VRQ
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH  ,QLWLDOYDOXHVHF
*When you want to reset the value to the initial state, touch
the RTN button for one second.
Back-light brightness adjustment
6HOHFW %5,*+71(66 DQG WRXFK WKH 571 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGHDQG UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
DGMXVW WKH EDFNOLJKW EULJKWQHVV E\ VFUROOLQJ
WKHWRXFKVHQVRU Unit system adjustment
6HOHFW 81,7 6<6 DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
 %5,*+71(66 $GMXVW WKH EULJKWQHVV WR WKH WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGHDQGDGMXVW
GHVLUHG YDOXH ZKLOH ZDWFKLQJ WKH VFUHHQ WKHXQLWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
GLVSOD\
 6HWWLQJUDQJH2))WR /LJKWHU  6HWWLQJUDQJH 0(75,& RU <$5'3281'
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH 
*When you want to reset the value to the initial state, touch 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
the RTN button for one second.
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
54 <Functions of System Menu>
8VHUQDPHUHJLVWUDWLRQ
USER NAME
This function allows the modelers to change the
T14SG user name.
*A name of up to 10 characters can be entered as the user
name. Please note that a space is also counted as one
character.

ŏ6HOHFW >86(5 1$0(@ DW WKH 6\VWHP PHQX DQG


DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
8VHUQDPH FDQGLGDWH

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

User name registration &KDUDFWHUOLVW


&KDQJHWKHXVHUQDPHDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ

 >0RYLQJFXUVRULQXVHUQDPH FDQGLGDWH @
 6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

 >'HOHWLQJDFKDUDFWHU@ &KDUDFWHUOLVW
 :KHQ>'(/(7(@LVVHOHFWHGDQGWKH571EXWWRQ
LVWRXFKHGWKHFKDUDFWHULPPHGLDWHO\DIWHU
WKHFXUVRULVGHOHWHG

 >$GGLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
 :KHQ D FKDUDFWHU LV VHOHFWHG IURP WKH &KDUDFWHUOLVW
FKDUDFWHUOLVWDQGWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHG
WKDW FKDUDFWHU LV DGGHG DW WKH SRVLWLRQ
LPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHFXUVRU
*A name of up to 10 characters long can be entered as the
user name. (A space is also counted as 1 character.)

 8SRQ FRPSOHWLQJ WKH LQSXW VHOHFW >(17(5@


DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ 7R WHUPLQDWH
LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH VHOHFW
>&$1&(/@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

<Functions of System Menu> 55


7XUQVRIIWKHEX]]HU
SOUND
The warning sound and other sounds of the
T14SG transmitter can be turned off.
*When “WARNING” was set to OFF, the no operation alarm
(30 minutes), mixing warning sound, and low battery alarm
sounds also turned off.

ŏ 6HOHFW >6281'@ DW WKH V\VWHP PHQX DQG DFFHVV


WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

On/off operation
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >7,0(5@>:$51,1*@
RU >27+(5 6281'@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH 21 RU 2)) E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
*The display blinks.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

56 <Functions of System Menu>


+DUGZDUHUHYHUVHDQGVWLFNPRGH
H/W SETTING
H/W reverse Note: This will not change the throttle ratchet,
etc. Those are mechanical changes that
This function reverses the operation direction of must be performed by a Futaba service
the sticks, switches, trimmer levers, and knobs. center.
Note: This setting reverses the actual operation Note: After changing the mode, these changes
signal, but does not change the display are only applied to new models. It is not
indicators. Use the Normal mode as long as applied to an existing model.
there is no special reason to use the Reverse
mode. Stick calibration
Stick mode J1-J4 stick correction can be performed.
This function changes the stick mode of
transmitter.

ŏ6HOHFW>+:6(7@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ$FFHVVVHWXSVFUHHQ

Operation direction reversal method Changing stick mode


6HOHFW>+:5(9(56(@DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXS 6HOHFW >67,&. 02'(@ DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS
VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571 VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ EXWWRQ

 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 67,&. 02'( LWHP


DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH PRGH 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV :KHQ
WKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKHVWLFNPRGHLV
FKDQJHG 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH PRGH FKDQJH
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP FRUUHVSRQGLQJ
WRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
WR WKH +: KDUGZDUH  \RX ZDQW WR UHYHUVH
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH 
GDWDLQSXWPRGH (J3) (J2)
 6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV :KHQ WKH 571 (J4) (J1)
EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKHRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQLV
UHYHUVHG 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH PRGH FKDQJH 0RGH - - - -
WRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ  $LOHURQ 7KURWWOH (OHYDWRU 5XGGHU
 $LOHURQ (OHYDWRU 7KURWWOH 5XGGHU
 5XGGHU 7KURWWOH (OHYDWRU $LOHURQ
 12501RUPDORSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQ  5XGGHU (OHYDWRU 7KURWWOH $LOHURQ
 5(92SHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG
<Functions of System Menu> 57
Stick calibration method
*J3 and J4 correction is described below. J1 and J2
corrections are performed using the same procedure.
6HOHFW >&$/,%5$7,21@ DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS
VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ

0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH -- EXWWRQ DQG


WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

0RYHWKH-RU-VWLFNVWRWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
DQGSUHVVWKH571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG

6HW WKH - DQG - VWLFNV IXOO\ WR WKH ERWWRP
ULJKWDQGZDLWXQWLOWKHEX]]HUVRXQGV

6HWWKH-DQG-VWLFNVIXOO\WRWKHWRSOHIWDQG
ZDLWXQWLOWKHEX]]HUVRXQGV

  7 K H  D E R Y H  F R P S O H W H V  W K H  F R U U H F W L R Q
RSHUDWLRQ 2SHUDWH DQG FKHFN LI VWLFN
FRUUHFWLRQZDVSHUIRUPHGQRUPDOO\

58 <Functions of System Menu>


,PPHGLDWHO\DPRGHOVHOHFWLRQFDQEHSHUIRUPHG
START SEL.

START SEL is a function which starts and can turned ON. With a few quick touches, it is possible
perform a model selection immediately. to change models whereas before it would require
Each time, it is convenient for the modeler a multi-step process. The T14SG stores up to four
which is enjoying two or more models by one of a models in the Quick Select offerings.
transmitter. Model Select Screen
Quick Select Screen When the transmitter is turned on, it will open to
As the name suggests, the Quick Model Select the Model Selection Screen immediately.
Function enables the modeler to change the
selected models rapidly each time the transmitter is

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

Setting Up and Adjusting the Quick Select Models activated, there are two additional options available
7KH 6WDUW 6HOHFWLRQ 67$57 6(/  PHQX LV for customization; ALWAYS and MDL (Model).
DFFHVVHG WKURXJK WKH 76* 6\VWHP 0HQX These options determine if/when the Quick Select
7XUQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU 21 DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH information will appear on-screen. ALWAYS,
6<6 6\VWHP  EXWWRQ WZR WLPHV  8VH WKH as the name suggests, indicates that each time
6HQVRU7RXFKŒWRKLJKOLJKWWKH6WDUW6HOHFWLRQ the transmitter is powered-up, the Quick Select
67$57 6(/  DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ 571 
EXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKHVHOHFWLRQ information will appear on-screen. The MDL
(Model) setting indicates that the Quick Select
information will appear on-screen only when
the MDL button is pressed simultaneously as the
transmitter is turned ON. With the Quick Select
mode highlighted, use the SensorTouch to move to
7KH 6WDUW 6HOHFWLRQ 67$57 6(/  PHQX RSWLRQ the activation setting options. Model (MDL) is the
GHIDXOWV WR 2)) PHDQLQJ WKDW 4XLFN 6HOHFW default setting. Press the Return (RTN) button to
DQG 0RGHO 6HOHFW DUH QRW DSSOLFDEOH  7R bring forth the options, then scroll to the ALWAYS
DFWLYDWH WKH 4XLFN 6HOHFW RU 0RGHO 6HOHFW
XVH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK WR VFUROO WR WKH 2))
setting using the SensorTouch pad. Press the Return
VHWWLQJ DV GHQRWHG LQ WKH LPDJH  :LWK WKH 571 EXWWRQRQFHDJDLQWR¿QDOL]HWKHVHOHFWLRQ
2)) LQGLFDWLRQ KLJKOLJKWHG SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ
571 EXWWRQDQGURWDWHWKH6HQVRU7RXFKRQFH
DJDLQWRVFUROODPRQJVWWKHRSWLRQV:LWKWKH
4XLFN6HOHFW 48,&.6(/ LQGLFDWHGSUHVVWKH
5HWXUQ 571 EXWWRQRQFHDJDLQWRPDNHWKH
GHVLUHGVHOHFWLRQDVLQGLFDWHG

Quick Select Activation:


With the Quick Select (QUICK SEL.) option
<Functions of System Menu> 59
Assigning models to the sensor buttons: Model Select Screen
There are four sensors/buttons that correspond This allows the Model Select screen to be accessed
with the SensorTouch: Link (LNK), Model (MDL) immediately upon turning ON the transmitter.
System (SYS) and S1. As such, it is possible to offer * Please note: this function cannot be utilized at the same time
up to four models available through the Quick Select as the Quick Select function. If more than four models are
IXQFWLRQ:HVXJJHVWXVLQJWKHPRGHOVWKDW\RXÀ\ ÀRZQUHJXODUO\ZHVXJJHVWWKDWWKH0RGHO6HOHFWIXQFWLRQEH
utilized as it will save time when selecting the desired aircraft.
most often. ,IIRXURUIHZHUPRGHOVDUHÀRZQWKH4XLFN6HOHFWRSWLRQ
8VH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK VFUROO WR WKH GHVLUHG would be the best choice.
VHQVRUEXWWRQIRUWKHÀUVWPRGHOIRUH[DPSOH * Please note: the Model Select function does not allow access
/LQN /1.  to the RENAME, COPY or DELETE options. To utilize one
:LWK WKH LQSXW QH[W WR WKH GHVLUHG VHQVRU of these options, please access the Model Select screen in
KLJKOLJKWHGSUHVVWKH5HWXUQ 571 EXWWRQRQH the typical manner as described in the complete instruction
WLPH manual.
8VLQJ WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK VFUROO WKURXJK WKH 7KH 6WDUW 6HOHFWLRQ 67$57 6(/  PHQX LV
DYDLODEOH PRGHOV  7R VHOHFW WKH GHVLUHG DFFHVVHG WKURXJK WKH 76*·V 6\VWHP 0HQX
PRGHOSUHVVWKH5HWXUQ 571 EXWWRQ 7XUQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU 21 DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH
6<6 6\VWHP  EXWWRQ WZR WLPHV  8VH WKH
5HSHDWDVGHVLUHGIRUWKHUHPDLQLQJVHQVRUV 6HQVRU7RXFKŒWRKLJKOLJKWWKH6WDUW6HOHFWLRQ
67$57 6(/  DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ 571 
EXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKHVHOHFWLRQ

7KH 6WDUW 6HOHFWLRQ 67$57 6(/  PHQX RSWLRQ


GHIDXOWV WR 2)) PHDQLQJ WKDW 4XLFN 6HOHFW
Using the sensors to select the model: DQG 0RGHO 6HOHFW DUH QRW DSSOLFDEOH  7R
7XUQ 21 WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DFWLYDWLQJ WKH DFWLYDWHWKH4XLFN6HOHFWRU0RGHO6HOHFWXVH
4XLFN 6HOHFW VFUHHQ  ,I 0RGHO 0'/  KDV WKH6HQVRU7RXFKWRVFUROOWRWKH2))VHWWLQJDV
EHHQ VHOHFWHG SOHDVH EH VXUH WR SUHVV WKH GHQRWHGLQWKHLPDJH:LWKWKH2))LQGLFDWLRQ
0RGHO 0'/  VHQVRU ZKHQ SRZHULQJ XS WKH KLJKOLJKWHGSUHVVWKH5HWXUQ 571 EXWWRQDQG
WUDQVPLWWHU URWDWH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK RQFH DJDLQ WR VFUROO
WR WKH 0RGHO 6HOHFW 02'(/ 6(/   3UHVV WKH
5HWXUQ 571  EXWWRQ RQFH DJDLQ WR DFWLYDWH
0RGHO6HOHFWDVLQGLFDWHG

* Please note: Even if the Quick Select function is active, the


Power Mode screen will appear when the transmitter is turned
ON while simultaneously pressing the Return (RTN) button.
 7R VHOHFW WKH PRGHO DVVLJQHG WR D SDUWLFXODU
VHQVRU GRXEOHFOLFN WKH GHVLUHG VHQVRU  )RU
H[DPSOH02'(/LVDVVLJQHGWR6GRXEOH Model Select Activation:
FOLFN6WREULQJIRUWKDOOVHWWLQJVHWFIRU0RGHO With the Model Select (MODEL SEL.) option
  7KH 76* RIIHUV DQ DXGLEOH DQG YLVXDO
activated, there are two additional options available
FRQÀUPDWLRQDVWKHVHOHFWHGPRGHOPHPRU\LV
FKDQJHGDFFRUGLQJO\ for customization; ALWAYS and MDL (Model).
* If the Return (RTN) button is double-clicked, the T14SG the
These options determine if/when the Model Select
current model is selected as indicated on the display. That is, information will appear on-screen. ALWAYS,
the model that was used prior to the last time the transmitter as the name suggests, indicates that each time
was turned OFF. the transmitter is powered-up, the Model Select
information will appear on-screen. The MDL
(Model) setting indicates that the Model Select
information will appear on-screen only when
the MDL button is pressed simultaneously as the
transmitter is turned ON.
With the Model Select mode highlighted, use the

60 <Functions of System Menu>


SensorTouch to move to the activation setting
options. Model (MDL) is the default setting. Press
the Return (RTN) button to bring forth the options,
then scroll to the ALWAYS setting using the
SensorTouch pad. Press the Return (RTN) button
RQFHDJDLQWR¿QDOL]HWKHVHOHFWLRQ

Using the Model Select Function:


7XUQ 21 WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DFWLYDWLQJ WKH
0RGHO 6HOHFW VFUHHQ  ,I 0RGHO 0'/  KDV
EHHQ VHOHFWHG SOHDVH EH VXUH WR SUHVV WKH
0RGHO 0'/  VHQVRU ZKHQ SRZHULQJ XS WKH
WUDQVPLWWHU
*Please note: Even if the Model Select function is active, the
Power Mode screen will appear when the transmitter is turned
ON while simultaneously pressing the Return (RTN) button.
7KH 6HQVRU7RXFK LV XVHG WR VHOHFW DPRQJVW
WKH RQVFUHHQ PRGHOV 7KH FXUUHQW PRGHO
ZLOO DXWRPDWLFDOO\ EH  KLJKOLJKWHG ZKHQ WKH
WUDQVPLWWHULVWXUQHG21,IDGLIIHUHQWPRGHOLV
GHVLUHGXVHWKH6HQVRU7RXFKWRVFUROOWKURXJK
WKH DYDLODEOH RSWLRQV HDFK KLJKOLJKWHG
DFFRUGLQJO\  $JDLQ WR VHOHFW D PRGHO
SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ 571  EXWWRQ DFFRUGLQJO\
7KH 76* RIIHUV DQ DXGLEOH DQG YLVXDO
FRQÀUPDWLRQDVWKHVHOHFWHGPRGHOPHPRU\LV
FKDQJHG

<Functions of System Menu> 61


7KHDXWRPDWLFORFNIXQFWLRQRIWZRNLQGVRI6HQVRU7RXFK
AUTO LOCK
The Auto Lock function makes it possible to lock START LOCK
the transmitter to prevent any unwanted input from Auto Lock functions automatically when the
\RXUKDQGVZKLOHÀ\LQJ model changes or power is turned on.
The auto lock function can be set in two ways. *To temporarily allow access to the T14SG programming
LOCK TIMER press and hold the S1 or HOME/EXIT bitton for one second.
Please note, the Auto Lock function timer will resume
Auto Lock functions automatically when there is immediately once again.
no operation from the HOME screen display for a
chosen number of seconds.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

Auto lock method


2SHQ WKH $XWR ORFN VFUHHQ LQ WKH V\VWHP
PHQX

 $GMXVW WKH DFWLYDWLRQ WLPHU IRU WKH $XWR


/RFN IXQFWLRQ  7KH WLPHU ZLOO EHJLQ FRXQWLQJ
LPPHGLDWHO\ ZKHQ WKH +20( VFUHHQ LV QRW
XVHG  7KH WLPHU LV DGMXVWDEOH LQ RQH VHFRQG
LQFUHPHQWV XS WR  VHFRQGV  ,I WKH WLPHU
YDOXHLV2))WKLVIXQFWLRQLVQRWDSSOLFDEOH

  7 K H  6 W D U W  / R F N  V H W W L Q J  Z L O O   L I  H Q D E O H G 
DXWRPDWLFDOO\ ORFN WKH 76* ZKHQ WKH
WUDQVPLWWHULVSRZHUHGXS7RDOORZDFFHVVWR
WKHWUDQVPLWWHU VIXQFWLRQVSUHVVDQGKROGWKH
6NH\IRURQHVHFRQG

Danger
It is recommended to Lock the
*If neither the Lock Timer or Start Lock functions are active 6HQVRU7RXFKGXULQJÀLJKWWRSUHYHQW
(OFF), then the key lock remains even if the power is turned off. any accidental touches which could
*If the Lock Timer is enabled and the Start Lock is off, the key change settings and cause an accident.
lock status is canceled each time the T14SG is turned on.
62 <Functions of System Menu>
'LVSOD\VWKHSURJUDPYHUVLRQ6'FDUGLQIRUPDWLRQDQGSURGXFW,'
INFO

The T14SG system program version information, The language displayed in home, menu, and
SD card information (current and maximum setup screen is selectable.
QXPEHURIPRGHOGDWDDQGRWKHU¿OHV DQGSURGXFW
ID are displayed on the Information screen.
*When the SD card is not inserted, the SD card information is
not displayed.

ŏ6HOHFW>,1)2@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

Information Language selection


 352'8&73URGXFW,'QXPEHU 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH /$1*8$*( LWHP
 5),'5),'QXPEHU DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
 /$1*8$*(7KHODQJXDJHXVHGLQ76*
9(56,21 76* V\VWHP SURJUDP YHUVLRQ &KDQJHWKHODQJXDJHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
LQIRUPDWLRQ VHQVRU 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV :KHQ WKH 571
EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKHODQJXDJHLVFKDQJHG
 $5($$UHDZKLFKFDQXVH76*
7RWHUPLQDWHWKHFKDQJHWXUQWKH(',7GLDO
 &$5' 6,=( &XUUHQW0D[LPXP QXPEHU RI RUSXVKWKH6EXWWRQ
PRGHOGDWDDQGRWKHUÀOHV 6'FDUG

<Functions of System Menu> 63


6%86VHUYRVHWWLQJ
SBUS SERVO

An S.BUS servo can memorize the channel


and various settings you input. Servo setting ZD\KXE
can be performed on the T14SG screen by RU
<KDUQHVVHV
wiring the servo as shown in the figure.

76*
ŏ 6HOHFW >6281'@ DW WKH V\VWHP PHQX DQG DFFHVV
6%866%86 %DWWHU\
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 6HUYR
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 6\VWHP ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

Servo ID number
* After reading completion, with connection of the above
Individual ID numbers are memorized for your ¿JXUHLIDVWLFNLVPRYHGWKHWHVWRIRSHUDWLRQRIWKHVHUYR
S.BUS(2) servos in your T14SG. When a servo is can be operated and carried out.
used, the servo ID number is automatically read by
the transmitter. If you use multiple S.BUS(2) servos
and do not want to change the settings on all that are
mounted in a fuselage, only the desired servo in the
JURXS FDQ EH VHW E\ HQWHULQJ WKH ,' RI WKDW VSHFL¿F
servo.
* S9070SB cannot be arranged by T14SG.
* With some S.BUS(2) servos, there are some functions with
cannot be used. If a function cannot be used, the display screen
will change.
(Only the function which can be used by a servo is displayed.)

Procedure for changing S.BUS servo setting


6HOHFW>6%866(592@RIWKH6\VWHP0HQX 3XVK >,1,7@ LI \RX ZRXOG OLNH WR LQLWLDOL]H D
:LUHWKHVHUYRDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH VHWXS RI D VHUYR >,1,7@ LV FKRVHQ 571 LV
SXVKHG 571LVSXVKHGIRUVHFRQG
3UHVV>5(&$//@RQSDJH 6LVSXVKHGWZLFH 
7KH ,' DQG FXUUHQW VHWWLQJ RI WKDW VHUYR DUH
GLVSOD\HG >5(&$//@ LV FKRVHQ 571 LV
SXVKHG 571LVSXVKHGIRUVHFRQG
:KHQPXOWLSOHVHUYRVDUHFRQQHFWHGFKDQJH
>,1+@DWWKHULJKWVLGHRIWKH,'QXPEHURQWKH
VFUHHQ WR >$&7@ DQG HQWHU WKH ,' RI WKH VHUYR
\RXZDQWWRVHW
6HWHDFKLWHP 3OHDVHVHHWKHQH[WSDJH 
   3 U H V V  > : 5 , 7 ( @  R Q  S D J H   > : 5 , 7 ( @  L V
FKRVHQ 571LVSXVKHG 571LVSXVKHGIRU
VHFRQG 7KHVHWWLQJVDUHFKDQJHG

64 <Functions of System Menu>


S.BUS Servo Description of function of each parameter
*There are a function which can be used according to the kind of servo, and an impossible function.
‡,'
Displays the ID of the servo whose parameters are to be read. It cannot be changed.
‡&KDQQHO
Channel of the S.BUS system assigned to the servo. Always assign a channel before use.
‡5HYHUVH
The direction in which the servo rotates can be changed.
‡6HUYRW\SH
When “Retractable” is selected and the servo has been continuously stopped for 30 seconds, the dead band
expands and unnecessary hold current due to external force is eliminated. When a new control signal enters,
normal operation is resumed. When using the servo as a landing gear servo, select “Retractable”. Also adjust the
servo travel to match the landing gear movement range.
‡6RIW6WDUW
Restricts operation in the specified direction the instant the power is turned on. By using this setting, the first initial
movement when the power is turned on slowly moves the servo to the specified position.
‡6WRS0RGH
The state of the servo when the servo input signal is lost can be specified. The "Hold" mode setting holds the
servo in its last commanded position even if using AM or FM system.
‡6PRRWKHU
This function changes smoothness of the servo operation relative to stick movement changes. Smooth setting is
used for normal flight. Select the "OFF" mode when quick operation is necessary such as 3D.
‡1HXWUDO2IIVHW
The neutral position can be changed. When the neutral offset is large value, the servo's range of travel is restricted
on one side.
‡6SHHG&RQWURO
Speeds can be matched by specifying the operating speed. The speed of multiple servos can be matched without
being affected by motor fluctuations. This is effective for load torques below the maximum torque.
However, note that the maximum speed will not be exceed what the servo is capable of even if the servos
operating voltage is increased.
‡'HDGEDQG
The dead band angle at stopping can be specified.
[Relationship between dead band set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Dead band angle is small and the servo is immediately operated by a small signal change.
Large ĺ Dead band angle is large and the servo does not operate at small signal changes.
(Note) If the dead band angle is too small, the servo will operate continuously and the current consumption will
increase and the life of the servo will be shortened.
‡7UDYHO$GMXVW
The left and right travels centered about the neutral position can be set independently.
‡%RRVW
The minimum current applied to the internal motor when starting the servo can be set. Since a small travel does
not start the motor, it essentially feels like the dead band was expanded. The motor can be immediately started by
adjusting the minimum current which can start the motor.
[Relationship between boost set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ Motor reacts to a minute current and operation becomes smooth.
Large ĺ Initial response improves and output torque increases. However, if the torque is too large, operation will
become rough.
<Functions of System Menu> 65
‡%RRVW212))
OFF : It is the boost ON at the time of low-speed operation.(In the case of usual)
ON : It is always the boost ON.(When quick operation is hope)
‡'DPSHU
The characteristic when the servo is stopped can be set.
When smaller than the standard value, the characteristic becomes an overshoot characteristic. If the value is
larger than the standard value, the brake is applied before the stop position.
Especially, when a large load is applied, overshoot, etc. are suppressed by inertia and hunting may occur,
depending on the conditions. If hunting (phenomena which cause the servo to oscillate) occurs even though the
Dead Band, Stretcher, Boost and other parameters are suitable, adjust this parameter to a value larger than the
initial value.
[Relationship between damper set value and servo operation]
Small ĺ When you want to overshoot. Set so that hunting does not occur.
Large ĺ When you want to operate so that braking is not applied. However, it will feel like the servo response has
worsened.
(Note) If used in the hunting state, not only will the current consumption increase, but the life of the servo will also
be shortened.
‡6WUHWFKHU
The servo hold characteristic can be set. The torque which attempts to return the servo to the target position
when the current servo position has deviated from the target position can be adjusted.
This is used when stopping hunting, etc., but the holding characteristic changes as shown below.
[Relationship between stretcher and servo operation]
Small ĺ Servo holding force becomes weaker.
Large ĺ Servo holding force becomes stronger.
(Note) When this parameter is large, the current consumption increases.
‡%X]]HU
When the power supply of a servo is previously turned on at the time of a power supply injection without taking
transmit of a transmitter, the buzzer sound of about 2.5 Hz continues sounding from a servo.
(Even when the transmit of a transmitter is taken out previously, a buzzer becomes until the signal of a servo is
outputted normally, but it is not unusual.)

The transmitter has been turned OFF ahead of a servo power supply The buzzer sound of about 1.25 Hz
continues sounding as servo power supply end failure alarm.
(Do not insert or remove the servo connector while the receiver power is ON. A buzzer may sound
by incorrect recognition.)
Buzzer sound is generated by vibrating the motor of a servo.
Since current is consumed and a servo generates heat, please do not operate the number more than needed or
do not continue sounding a buzzer for a long time.

66 <Functions of System Menu>


FUNCTIONS OF LINKAGE MENU
The Linkage Menu is made up of functions The functions which can be selected depend on
which perform model addition, model type the model type. A typical menu screen is shown
selection, system type, end point setting, and other below.
model basic settings.
ŏ $FFHVV WKH /LQNDJH PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\
WDSSLQJWKH/1.EXWWRQWZRWLPHV
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTNEXWWRQ 2UDHOME/
EXITEXWWRQLVSXVKHG

ŏ&DOOLQJVHWXSVFUHHQ

**The display screen is an example. The


screen depends on the model type.

ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

Linkage Menu functions table


[SERVO]: Displays the servo test and operation position
[MODEL SEL]: Model addition, call, deletion, copy, model name setting
[MODEL TYPE]: Model type, wing type, swash type, etc. selection
[SYSTEM]: System mode selection, link of a transmitter and receiver, area mode selection
[FUNCTION]: Channel assignment of each function can be changed
[SUB-TRIM]: Adjusts the neutral position of each servo
[REVERSE]: Reverses the servo travel direction
[FAIL SAFE]: Fail safe function and battery fail safe function setting
[END POINT]: Servo travel adjustment and limit setting
[SERVO SPEED]: Speed setup of a servo
[THR CUT]: Stops the engine safely and easily (airplane and helicopter only)
[IDLE DOWN]: Lowers the idle speed of the engine (airplane only)
>6:$6+5,1*@/LPLWVWKHVZDVKSODWHWUDYHOWRZLWKLQD¿[HGUDQJH KHOLFRSWHURQO\
[SWASH]: Swash AFR and linkage correction function (helicopter only)
[T1-T4 SET.]: Control step amount and mode selection of the digital trim
[WARNING]: Mixing warning normal reset
[TELEMETRY]: Displays various data sent from the receiver.
[SENSOR]: Various telemetry sensors setting
[DATA RESET]: Model memory set data reset
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 67
6HUYR7HVW *UDSK'LVSOD\'LVSOD\VVHUYRSRVLWLRQV
SERVO MONITOR
This is used for testing servo movement. In order to prevent any potential difficulties,
“Moving Test” (repetition mode) and “Neutral the servo test function will be inoperable, or
7HVW´ ¿[HGSRVLWLRQPRGH DUHDYDLODEOH LQDFFHVVLEOHXQGHUFHUWDLQFRQGLWLRQV6SHFL¿FDOO\
The “Neutral Test” is good for finding the the Servo Test function is not operational if the
neutral position of a servo horn. Throttle Cut is ON in either airplane or helicopter
modes; or if the Throttle Hold is ON in Helicopter
mode.
ŏ $ >80(18021@ EXWWRQ LV SXVKHG RQFH IURP D
KRPHVFUHHQ
ŏ 6HOHFW >6(592@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG DFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

Servo test operation


0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>2))@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
 6HOHFW WKH WHVW PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7KHGLVSOD\
EOLQNV 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH
PRGH 7R WHUPLQDWH PRGH FKDQJH WRXFK
WKH6EXWWRQ

 >029,1*@0RGHZKLFKUHSHDWVRSHUDWLRQRI
HDFKVHUYR
 >1(875$/@ 0RGH ZKLFK ORFNV HDFK VHUYR LQ
WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ

   0 R Y H  W K H  F X U V R U  W R  W K H  > 0 2 9 , 1 * @  R U
>1(875$/@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKH>2))@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ7HVWLQJLVVWRSSHG

68 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


7KH0RGHO6HOHFWLRQIXQFWLRQSHUIRUPVPRGHODGGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
MODEL SELECT GHOHWLRQFRS\DQGPRGHOQDPHVHWWLQJ

This function is used to load the settings of the The Copy function is used to copy parameters,
desired model into the T14SG’s memory. settings, etc. from one model data into a second
The settings may be selected from either the memory. It may be used for getting a head-start on
transmitter’s internal memory or an SD card. setting up models with almost the same settings (only
Remember that up to 30 model memories are available GLIIHUHQFHVQHHGWREHPRGL¿HGLQVWHDGRIHQWHULQJWKH
in the transmitter. complete model from scratch). Also, this function may
be used to make a backup copy of a model setup before
The name of the model stored in the transmitter and
any changes are made.
the SD card may be changed. This can be very useful
*T14SG can use the model data of T8FGS for SD card,
to tell different models settings apart. Each model name
copying it. However, the model data of T14SG cannot be
can be as long as 10 characters, and the model name used by T8SG (S).
always appears in the display screen.

ŏ 6HOHFW >02'(/ 6(/(&7@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX


DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ &XUUHQWPRGHO
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

*The display screen is an example. The


0RGHOOLVW screen depends on the model type.

Model selection Model addition


*Model data saved on the transmitter memory other than the *A new model can be added to the transmitter memory. It can
model currently used can be selected. not be added to the SD card.
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>1(:@
GLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5'  DQG WRXFK WKH 571 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQ
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH PHVVDJHDSSHDUV7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRU
 6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH RQHVHFRQG
WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 >7;@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
 >&$5'@6'FDUG
$IWHUPRYLQJWKHFXUVRUWRWKHGHVLUHGPRGHO
LQWKHPRGHOOLVWWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
0RYHWR>6(/(&7@ *The model type setup screen and frequency setup screen are
DXWRPDWLFDOO\GLVSOD\HG&RQ¿UPRUFKDQJHWKHPRGHOW\SH
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQ
and SYSTEM mode.
PHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HG7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
IRURQHVHFRQGDQGVHOHFWLRQLVFRPSOHWH *Transmission stops and then starts in the new model.
*The added model appears in the model list of the model
select setup screen.
*Link is required when a new model is
made from a model selection.
*Transmission stops and then starts in the new model.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 69


Model deletion  >$GGLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
*The model stored in the transmitter memory or an SD card  :KHQ D FKDUDFWHU LV VHOHFWHG IURP WKH
can be deleted. FKDUDFWHUOLVWDQGWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHG
*The current model can not be deleted. WKDW FKDUDFWHU LV DGGHG DW WKH SRVLWLRQ
LPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHFXUVRU
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ *A name of up to 10 characters long can be entered as the
GLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5'  DQG WRXFK WKH 571 model name. (A space is also counted as one character.)
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH $IWHUWKHGHVLUHGLQIRUPDWLRQKDVEHHQLQSXW
WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ VHOHFW >(17(5@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
7RWHUPLQDWHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDO
 >7;@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\ VWDWH VHOHFW >&$1&(/@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
 >&$5'@6'FDUG EXWWRQ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH PRGHO \RX ZDQW WR
GHOHWH LQ WKH PRGHO OLVW DQG WKHQ WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQ Model copy
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>'(/(7(@ *A copy can be made of the model stored in the transmitter
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ:KHQDFRQÀUPDWLRQ memory or an SD card.
PHVVDJH LV GLVSOD\HG DQG WKH 571 EXWWRQ ,IFKDQJLQJWKHORFDWLRQ
LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKH PRGHO LV
GHOHWHG  0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ
GLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5'  DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 >7;@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
 >&$5'@6'FDUG
Model name change 6HOHFW WKH PRGHO \RX ZDQW WR FRS\ LQ WKH
PRGHOOLVWDQGWKHQWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
*The model name of the model stored in the transmitter
memory or a SD card can be changed.
0RYHWR>&23<@
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
,IFKDQJLQJWKHORFDWLRQ
*The copy screen appears.
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ
GLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5'  DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 >7;@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
 >&$5'@6'FDUG , I  U H S O D F L Q J  W K H  P R G H O  V W R U H G  L Q  W K H
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH PRGHO \RX ZDQW WR WUDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
FKDQJHLQWKHPRGHOOLVWDQGWKHQWRXFKWKH  0RYHWR>$''/,67@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
571EXWWRQ WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
0RYHWR>5(1$0(@  6HOHFWWKHGHVWLQDWLRQPRGHOE\VFUROOLQJWKH
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
*The model name setup screen is displayed.  >$''/,67@DGGLQJWKHPRGHOWRWKHOLVW
User name (candidate)  > PRGHOQDPH @UHSODFLQJWKHPRGHO
*The model stored in the SD card can be replaced.
 ,IFKDQJLQJWKHORFDWLRQ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ
GLVSOD\ 7; RU &$5'  DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
 &KDQJH WKH PRGHO QDPH DV GHVFULEHG WRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
EHORZ
0RYHWR>&23<@
 >0RYLQJFXUVRULQWKHXVHUQDPH FDQGLGDWH @
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ:KHQDFRQÀUPDWLRQ
 6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ PHVVDJH LV GLVSOD\HG DQG WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV
 >'HOHWLQJDFKDUDFWHU@ WRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHPRGHOGDWDLV
 :KHQ>'(/(7(@LVVHOHFWHGDQGWKH571EXWWRQ FRSLHG
LVWRXFKHGWKHFKDUDFWHULPPHGLDWHO\DIWHU
WKHFXUVRULVGHOHWHG

70 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


7KLVIXQFWLRQVHOHFWVWKHPRGHOW\SHIURPDPRQJDLUSODQHKHOLFRSWHU
MODEL TYPE DQGJOLGHU

Six swash types are available for helicopters. losing this data, or back it up to another
Six types of main wings and three types of tail memory using the copying functions.
wings are available for airplanes and gliders. When changing the helicopter swash type
Functions and mixing functions necessary for each within the following groups, you can leave
the settings other than the SWASH function.
model type are set in advance at the factory. However, this is initialized when you change
Note: The Model Type function automatically the swash type to the other swash type
selects the appropriate output channels, group.
control functions, and mixing functions for the Swash type group A:
chosen model type. +++5DQG+(
When the Model Type selection command Swash type group B:
is accessed, all of the data in the active ++;
memory is cleared (except the following
swash type.) Be sure that you don’t mind

ŏ 6HOHFW >02'(/ 7<3(@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG


DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

(The display screen is an example. The


screen depends on the model type.)

Model type selection  ,I UHVHWWLQJ WKH GDWD ZKHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR KHOLFRSWHUVZDVKW\SH
FKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFK
WRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH GHVLUHG W\SH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFK VHQVRU DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $
FRQILUPDWLRQ PHVVDJH DSSHDUV 7RXFK WKH
571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG (Helicopter)
 0RYHWR><(6@DQG7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRU  0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>2))@DQGWRXFKWKH571
RQHVHFRQG EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 7RWHUPLQDWHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDO  6HOHFW >21@ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK VHQVRU
VWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQRUVHOHFW>12@DQG DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQ
WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ PHVVDJHDSSHDUV7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 $FWLYDWH WKH VZDVK W\SH VHWWLQJ 7KH VZDVK
 7<3(0RGHOW\SH VHWWLQJSDUDPHWHUVDUHUHVHW
 :,1* DLUSODQHJOLGHU :LQJW\SH
 7$,/ DLUSODQHJOLGHU 7DLOW\SH
 6:$6+ KHOLFRSWHU 6ZDVKW\SH

*The wing types which can be selected depend on the mode;


FASST, Multi-ch, or 7ch, etc.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 71


Model type selection (Airplane, Glider)
Ɣ:LQJW\SH 1RUPDO

Ɣ:LQJW\SH 7DLOOHVVZLQJ

Ɣ5XGGHUW\SH

Ɣ7DLOW\SH

Model type selection (Helicopter)


Ɣ6ZDVKW\SH

72 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


6\VWHPPRGHVHWWLQJ5HFHLYHUOLQN
SYSTEM
System Type selection FASSTest 12CH mode.

The T14SG is for 2.4GHz only. The system Dual receiver function (only FASSTest 14CH
can be changed from among 5 choices: FASSTest mode)
1 4 C H , FA S S Te s t 1 2 C H , FA S S T M U LT I , Dual receivers can be linked with the T14SG.
FASST 7CH, S-FHSS. It is FASSTest14CH and Two receivers are recognized individually by ID
FASSTest12CH which can be chosen by R7008SB numbers. For example, in R7008SB, CH output
set. The method of selection is to the next page. setting function is used, by setting the first as as
*If you change the System Type, other model data is not "1-8CH", and setting the second as "9-14CH", two
reset.
sets of receivers can be used as a set in the model,
*If a system type is changed in Helicopter mode, the
allowing you 14 channels. If a Dual receiver
transmitter will offer two selections:
function is used, the following function can set up
[Yes] : Selection sets the channel order suitable for System
Type. (We recommend here. )
individually.
[No] : The present channel order is maintained. Battery fail-safe voltage setup
*After any change, remember to test the model and should A telemetry function cannot be used for the 2nd
fully check servo direction and a motion. receiver. The voltage and Ext voltage of a 2nd
*Analog servos cannot be used with the R7008SB in the receiver cannot be known with a transmitter.

ŏ6HOHFW>6<67(0@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

Area mode selection (Frequency range) Cases when linking is necessary:


The T14SG transmitter has been designed to :KHQXVLQJDUHFHLYHURWKHUWKDQWKHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
function in many countries. If you will be utilizing :KHQ WKH FRPPXQLFDWLRQ V\VWHP ZDV FKDQJHG
)$667HVW&+ )$667HVW&+HWF
this transmitter in a country other than France, :KHQ D QHZ PRGHO ZDV FUHDWHG E\ PRGHO
please make sure that [AREA] is set to "G". If, VHOHFWLRQ
however, this transmitter will be utilized in France,
it must be set to "F" in order to comply with French Battery fail-safe voltage setup (only FASSTest
regulations.FASST mode selection mode)
The voltage which battery fail-safe activates,
can be set when you link. (3.5-8.4V) The receiver
Receiver linking memorizes the setting as it was at link.
The receiver will only be controlled (without Suggested setting voltages are as follows.
being affected by other transmitters) by the
‡FHOOV1L&GRU1L0+ 1RUPDOY  Y
transmitter it is linked to. When using a receiver
‡FHOOV/L)H 1RUPDOY  aY
other than one purchased as a set, linking is
‡FHOOV/L3R 1RUPDOY  aY
necessary.
It is a rough reference value.
Moreover, a re-link is required when a new
model is added by model selection, and the time of Since it changes with servos carried in the
system type change. condition and the model of a battery, please set to
Linking method your own model in a battery consumption current.
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 73
Telemetry function (FASSTest mode only) 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
To use the telemetry function, set “Telemetry”
to “ACT”. Area mode selection (Frequency range)
procedure
DL Interval (FASSTest mode only) 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >*@ LWHP DQG WRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
When a telemetry function is enabled, the PRGH
receiving interval (down-link interval) of sensor
data can be changed.
If a DL interval is increased, the response of
the sensor data display becomes slower, but stick
response will improve.
6HOHFW WKH >*@RU>)@ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
System Type selection procedure *"F" is chosen only when using the transmitter is used in
France. Leave this in "G" otherwise.
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >)$667HVW&+@
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH

Telemetry ACT/INH procedure


0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH7(/(0(75<>$&7@LWHP
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH V\VWHP W\SH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRU
 >)$667HVW&+@>)$667HVW&+@>)$667
08/7@>)$667&+@>6)+66@
*An example of selections for each system is on the
following page.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR HQG DGMXVWPHQW 6HOHFWWKH>$&7@RU>,1+@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
Dual receiver function (only FASSTest 14CH UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
mode) procedure
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6,1*/(@ LWHP DQG DL Interval set procedure
WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 7(/(0(75< '/>V@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH

6HOHFW WKH >6,1*/(@ RU >'8$/@ E\ VFUROOLQJ


WKHWRXFKVHQVRU
6HOHFW WKH '/ WLPH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
,' RI D 3ULPDU\ ,'RID6HFRQGDU\ VHQVRU ,I D '/ LQWHUYDO LV LQFUHDVHG WKH
UHFHLYHUGLVSOD\V UHFHLYHUGLVSOD\V UHVSRQVHRIWKHVHQVRUGDWDGLVSOD\EHFRPHV
VORZHUEXWVWLFNUHVSRQVHZLOOLPSURYH
 ,QLWLDOYDOXHV
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHVaV
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
,Q'8$/DSULPDU\UHFHLYHULVOLQNSUHYLRXVO\ UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
1H[WDVHFRQGDU\UHFHLYHULVOLQN
74 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
The example for choosing System Type

R2006GS
R617FS R2106GF
R6004FF R2008SB
R608FS
R6008HS R616FFM
R7008SB R6106HF
R7003SB R6108SB
R6208SB R6106HFC
R6014HS R6203SB
R7008SB R6203SBE
R6014FS
R7003SB R6202SBW
R6203SB
R6203SBE R6303SB
R6202SBW R6303SBE
R6303SB (
R6303SBE

s !NALOG SERVOS CANNOT BE USED WITH THE 23" IN THE &!334EST #( MODE

Receiver link method in FASST and S-FHSS


If the receiver of FASST and S-FHSS is used, the WZR   VHFRQGV :KHQ WKH OLQN LV FRPSOHWH
methods of a link differ. WKH /(' LQ WKH UHFHLYHU FKDQJHV WR VROLG
JUHHQ :KHQ WKH ,' FDQQRW EH UHDG GXH WR
%ULQJWKHWUDQVPLWWHUDQGWKHUHFHLYHUFORVHWR WKH VXUURXQGLQJ HQYLURQPHQW WU\ UHDGLQJ LW
HDFKRWKHUZLWKLQLQFKHV KDOIPHWHU  ZLWK WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DQG UHFHLYHU DQWHQQDV
7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU WRXFKHG
7XUQRQWKHUHFHLYHU *Follow the manual of the receiver to be used.
Moreover, carry out an operating check.
 3UHVV DQG KROG WKH /LQN VZLWFK PRUH WKDQ
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 75
&KDQQHODVVLJQPHQWRIHDFKIXQFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
FUNCTION
When you select model and wing (swash) types, For FASST 7CH mode, you can set only 7 linear
you will find that the optimized combinations of channels. For S-FHSS mode, you can set only 8
servo output channels and functions have been linear channels.
already preset. If you would like, you can freely *DG1/2 (digital channels)
change combinations of servo output channels, These channels can function as switched channels. You can
functions (aileron, elevator, etc), and control (sticks, freely change combinations between servo output channels
switches, and trim levers). and input controls (sticks, switches, and trim levers).
*You can also assign the same function to multiple servo Motor Function
output channels such as assigning elevator function to CH2
and CH3. If you have either a Glider or Airplane Model
Type selected, and choose to activate the Motor
Channel Replacement function, a reverse setting screen is displayed.
When the channel is replaced in the Function *If YES is selected, the output is reversed. If NO is selected,
menu, replaced channel uses the setting data (ATV, the output is normal.
SUB-TRIM, REVERSE, F/S, and B-F/S, etc.).
:DUQLQJ
Servo Output Channels
As a safety precaution to prevent the motor
For FASSTest 14CH mode, you can set 12 linear from starting unexpectedly, please switch
channels and two digital channels. For FASSTest off the motor accordingly. We also suggest
12CH mode, you can set 10 linear channels and removing the propeller from the motor as an
two digital channels. For FASST MULT mode, you additional precaution.
can set 12 linear channels and two digital channels.
ŏ7ULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH
&20%&RPELQDWLRQPRGH
ŏ 6HOHFW >)81&7,21@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG 6(3$56HSDUDWHPRGH
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ ,WVHWVXSE\T1-T4 SETRI/,1.$*(0(18
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

(The display screen is an example. The


screen depends on the model type.)

Function change Operation control change


0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHIXQFWLRQLWHPRIWKH  0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH &75/ LWHP RI WKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQ 571EXWWRQ
*The function selection screen is displayed. *The control selection screen is displayed.
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IXQFWLRQ QDPH \RX
ZDQWWRVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
*The function name blinks.
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR H[HFXWH WKH
FKDQJH :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FDQFHO WKLV
RSHUDWLRQWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFRQWURO\RXZDQWWR
*Multiple channels can be assigned to one function. FKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
*The same control can be assigned to multiple channels.

76 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


&DPEHU0RWRU%XWWHUÀ\FRQWUROVHWWLQJ JOLGHU 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRFKDQJHWKHPRGH
7RWHUPLQDWHLQSXWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDO
&DPEHU0RWRU%XWWHUÀ\IXQFWLRQFRQWUROFDQEHFKDQJHGIRU
VWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
each condition.

 >1250@1RUPDOPRGH1RUPDOWULP SDUDOOHO
VKLIWWULP RSHUDWLRQ
 > $ 7 / @   $ 7 /  R S H U D W L R Q  P R G H   0 D [ L P X P
FKDQJH QHDU LGOH RU ORZVWLFN SRVLWLRQ
QRUPDOO\ XVHG ZLWK WKURWWOH WULP ,W LV DOVR
 &DPEHU 0RWRU RU %XWWHUIO\ FRQWURO JURXS SRVVLEOHWRUHYHUVHWKHWUDYHO
VLQJOH VHWWLQJ LV SHUIRUPHG DW WKH IXQFWLRQ *[NORMAL]/[REVERSE] selection is possible in "ATL"
VHWXSVFUHHQ   mode.
**URXS FRPPRQWRDOOFRQGLWLRQV
66LQJOH VHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ
Throttle trim (helicopter only)
* The throttle trim in conditions other than "Normal"
Trim setting condition can be inhibited.
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 75,0 LWHP RI WKH  : K H Q  R W K H U  W K D Q  Q R U P D O  F R Q G L W L R Q  L V
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH VHOHFWHGPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKURWWOHWULPRQ
571EXWWRQ WKHIXQFWLRQVHWXSVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571
*The trim setup screen is displayed. EXWWRQIRUVHFRQG

 7KH IROORZLQJ LWHPV FDQ EH VHW DW WKH WULP *When "X" is displayed, THR trim is inhibited in conditions
VHWXSVFUHHQ other than normal condition.

Trim selection Channel replacement


 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH WULP OHYHU HWF \RX  0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQW
ZDQWWRVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ WR UHSODFH DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
*The setting can be changed. VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKHGHVWLQDWLRQFKDQQHOE\VFUROOLQJ
WKH WRXFK VHQVRU $ FRQILUPDWLRQ PHVVDJH
Trim rate setting DSSHDUV 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR UHSODFH
WKH FKDQQHO 7R WHUPLQDWH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >5$7(@ LWHP DQG
WRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HWWKHWULPUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the RTN button is touched for one second, the trim
rate is reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

Trim mode selection


 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH WULP PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU $ FRQILUPDWLRQ PHVVDJH DSSHDUV
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 77
6HWWLQJRIQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIHDFKVHUYR
SUB-TRIM
The Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo
neutral position, and may be used to make fine
adjustments to the control surface after linkages
and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set
up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set to
their center position.

ŏ6HOHFW>68%75,0@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

(The display screen is an example. The


screen depends on the model type.)

Sub-trim adjustment
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa VWHSV
(When the RTN button is touched for one second, sub-trim is
reset to the initial value.)
*Before sub-trim adjustment, it is very important to adjust the
linkages at the control surface so that you do not use sub-
trim, except for very minute adjustments.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

78 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


8VHWRUHYHUVHWKHWKURZGLUHFWLRQ
REVERSE
Servo Reverse changes the direction of an to tell whether the servo needs to be reversed or a
individual servo’s response to a control input. setting in the function needs to be reversed. See the
For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read the instructions for each specialized function for further
section on Swash AFR before reversing any servos. details. Always check servo direction prior to every
With CCPM helicopters, always complete your ÀLJKWDVDQDGGLWLRQDOSUHFDXWLRQWRFRQ¿UPSURSHU
servo reversing prior to any other programming. model memory, hook ups, and radio function.
If you use pre-built Airplane/Sailplane functions
that control multiple servos, it may be confusing

ŏ6HOHFW>5(9(56(@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

(The display screen is an example. The


screen depends on the model type.)

Servo reversing procedure


*Upon setup completion of a new model, check whether or
not each servo is connected to the correct channel.
*Next, determine whether you need to reverse any channels
by moving each stick and/or other control inputs.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR
UHYHUVH DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK
WRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH GLUHFWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV

 >1250@1RUPDO
 >5(9@5HYHUVH

7 R X F K  W K H  5 7 1  E X W W R Q  W R  F K D Q J H  W K H
GLUHFWLRQ 7R WHUPLQDWH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR
WKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ

*Repeat the operation above for each channel that must be


reversed.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 79


6HWV WKH VHUYRV RSHUDWLQJ SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WUDQVPLWWHU VLJQDOV FDQ QR
FAIL SAFE ORQJHUEHUHFHLYHGRUZKHQWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHGURSV

The Failsafe function may be used to set up predefined control suddenly moves to a position
positions that the servos move to in the case of you did not command, land at once and check your
radio interference. receiver battery.
You may set either of two positions for each 'H¿QHVVHUYRSRVLWLRQZKHQVLJQDOVDUHORVWDQG
channel: Hold, where the servo maintains its last when receiver battery voltage becomes low.
commanded position, or Failsafe, where each
servo moves to a predetermined position. You may :DUQLQJ
choose either mode for each channel. (FASST 7CH
mode: CH3 only) For safety, always set the fail safe functions.
Ɣ5HPHPEHUWRVHWWKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVRWKDW
The T14SG system also provides you with an
the servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes and
advanced battery monitoring function that warns
to the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters.
you when the receiver battery has only a little
Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio waves
power remaining. In this case, each servo is moved
cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very dangerous.
to the defined failsafe position. (FASST 7CH
mode: CH3 only) The battery failsafe may be Ɣ,IWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHLVUHVHWE\WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD\
released by operating a predefined control on the be mistaken for an engine malfunction and will be reset at
transmitter (default is throttle), do not continue WKURWWOHVORZDQGWKHPRGHOZLOOFRQWLQXHWRÀ\,I\RXKDYH
to fly, land as soon as possible. Remember, if the any doubts, immediately land.

ŏ6HOHFW>)$,/6$)(@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH (The display screen is an example. The
571EXWWRQ screen depends on the model type.)
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

Fail safe setting procedure Battery fail safe setting procedure


 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH )6 LWHP RI WKH  %DWWHU\IDLOVDIHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571 E\WKHVDPHPHWKRGDVWKHIDLOVDIHVHWWLQJ
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH SURFHGXUH6HOHFWDQGVHWWKH%)6LWHP
6HOHFW WKH )6 PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK  >21@%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ21
VHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV  >2))@%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ2))
*The display blinks.
Battery fail safe release switch setting
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
WRVWRSVHWWLQJ  7KLVIXQFWLRQWHPSRUDULO\UHOHDVHVWKHEDWWHU\
*The channel switches to the F/S mode. IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ VR WKH IXVHODJH FDQ
UHFRYHU DIWHU WKH EDWWHU\ IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH326LWHP ZDV DFWLYDWHG E\ D GURS LQ WKH UHFHLYHU
 +ROG WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ VWLFN NQRE VOLGHU EDWWHU\YROWDJH7KLVVHWWLQJVHOHFWVWKHVZLWFK
HWF LQ WKH SRVLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WKH VHUYR ZKLFKUHOHDVHVWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ
WR PRYH WR ZKHQ WKH IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ LV 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5(/($6(%)6@LWHPLQ
DFWLYDWHGDQG7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRURQH WKHVHWXSVFUHHQ ODVWSDJH 
VHFRQG
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
*The set position is displayed in percentage.
*The switch selection screen is called.
*If you want to return that channel to the hold mode, move
the cursor to the "F/S" item and touch the RTN button *For a detailed description of the switch selection and ON/
to switch to the data input mode. Select the F/S mode by OFF direction setting method, see [Switch Setting Method]
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV at the back of this manual.
and then change the mode by touching the RTN button.

80 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


6HWVWKHWUDYHODQGOLPLWSRLQWRIHDFKVHUYR
END POINT
The End Point function adjusts the left and right
servo throws, generates differential throws, and
will correct improper linkage settings.
The travel rate can be varied from 0% to 140%
in each direction on channels 1 to 12(FASSTest
12CH mode). Also, the limit point where servo
throw stops may be varied from 0% to 155%.

ŏ 6HOHFW >(1' 32,17@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG (The display screen is an example. The
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ screen depends on the model type.)
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

OLPLWSRLQW OLPLWSRLQW
WUDYHO WUDYHO

Servo travel adjustment


 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH WUDYHO LFRQ RI WKH
FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKUDWH

Limit point adjustment


0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHOLPLWSRLQWLFRQRIWKH
FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $MXVW WKH OLPLW SRLQW E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the limit
point is reset to the initial value.
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKOLPLWSRLQW

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 81


6HWVWKHVSHHGRIHDFKVHUYR
SERVO SPEED
The speed of the servo from 1CH to 12CH of * It will overlap, if speed control of a S.BUS servo setup is
used at the time of S.BUS servo use, and speed changes.
operation can be set up. Please use one either.
It can adjust to 0-27. * The speed of THR is not set up simultaneously with THR
DELAY (model menu : only airplane).
Speed becomes slow as a numerical value's 0
increases in the state of the fastest of the servo.
* Speed cannot be made quicker than the maximal rate of the
servo to be used.

ŏ 6HOHFW >6(592 63(('@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG (The display screen is an example. The
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ screen depends on the model type.)
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

FKDQQHO VSHHG
VSHHG FKDQQHO

Servo speed setting


7RXFKWKH6SHHGEXWWRQRIWKHFKDQQHO\RX
ZDQWWRVHW
 8VH WKH DGMXVWPHQW EXWWRQV WR DGMXVW WKH
VHUYRVSHHG
ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa VWHSV
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

82 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


6WRSVWKHHQJLQHVDIHO\DQGHDVLO\ DLUSODQHDQGKHOLFRSWHURQO\
THR CUT
Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the *Since conditions are not offered when an Airplane is selected,
the Throttle Cut options will vary from the options noted
engine. Generally speaking, modelers will do so below.
E\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDWLGOH *The Throttle Cut POS and SW settings are utilized for all
The action is not functional at high throttle to conditions.
avoid accidental dead stick landings. The switch’s *If the Throttle Cut switch is activated, or on, this status will
location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults continue even if the condition is changed to an inhibited
setting.
to NULL.
*If the condition is inhibited (INH) the Throttle Cut is off if
Individually adjust the Throttle Cut activation the SW is in the off position and the throttle stick is low.
setting for each condition. (helicopter)
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5&87@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ&XUUHQWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ ŏ&XWSRVLWLRQ

Throttle cut setting procedure *With the selected cut switch ON and the throttle stick at idle;
adjust the rate until the engine consistently cuts off.
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
However, be sure that the throttle linkage is not pulled too
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
tight or unreasonable force is not applied to the servo.
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH ŏ,QGLYLGXDOO\DGMXVWWKH7KURWWOH&XWDFWLYDWLRQ
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK VHWWLQJIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ KHOLFRSWHU
VHQVRU ŏ7KURWWOH
*The display blinks. FXWVWDWXV
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKH
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:@LWHPDQGDFFHVV Designating a Throttle Cut setting position.
WKH VZLWFK VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH (helicopter)
571 EXWWRQ DQG VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG 21
GLUHFWLRQ *A throttle cut function acts in the low side of the throttle
*For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch position.
Setting Method] at the back of this manual. *"THRO" setting is common with all condition.
7KURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>326@LWHPDQGWRXFK :DUQLQJ
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW Normal setting is slightly above idle.
PRGH
 7R DGG WKH 7KURWWOH &XW SRVLWLRQ XVH WKH
 $GMXVWWKHVHUYRRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQDWWKURWWOH FXUVRU WR VHOHFW WKH 7+52 SHUFHQWDJH
FXWRSHUDWLRQE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU GHVLUHGWKHQSUHVVDQGKROGWKH571EXWWRQ
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH IRURQHVHFRQG
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo ŏ7KURWWOH
FXWVWDWXV
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW ŏ7KURWWOH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH VWLFNSRVLWLRQ
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 83
/RZHUVWKHHQJLQHLGOLQJVSHHG DLUSODQHRQO\
,'/('2:1
The Idle Down function lowers the engine to
its idle position. Like Throttle Cut, this is usually
DFFRPSOLVKHGE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOH
stick at idle. The action is not functional at high
throttle to avoid accidental dead sticks. The
switch’s location and direction must be chosen, as
it defaults to NULL.

ŏ 6HOHFW >,'/( '2:1@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG


DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ&XUUHQWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ

Idle down setting procedure * When a minus rate is input, an offset is applied at the high
side.
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
*Maximum offset amount is near maximum slow.
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
* When the RTN button is touched for one second, the offset
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
rate is reset to the initial value.
PRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
VHQVRU DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
*The display blinks.
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKH
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:@LWHPDQGDFFHVV
WKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ6HOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21GLUHFWLRQ
*For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.

2IIVHWUDWHVHWWLQJ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6(7@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVW WKH VHUYR RIIVHW UDWH DW LGOH GRZQ
RSHUDWLRQE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaa

84 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


/LPLWVWKHVZDVKSODWHWUDYHOWRZLWKLQDÀ[HGUDQJH +HOLFRSWHURQO\
6:$6+5,1*
This function limits the swash travel to a fixed
range in order to prevent damaging the swash
linkage by simultaneous operation of the ailerons
and elevators. It is very useful in 3D aerobatics
which use a large travel.
ŏ:KHQWKHVZDVKULQJIXQFWLRQLVDFWLYDWHG
ŏ 6HOHFW >6:$6+ 5,1*@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH D FLUFOH LV GLVSOD\HG LQ WKH RSHUDWLQJ
PHQXDQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ UDQJHGLVSOD\DUHDDQGWKHUDWHLQSXWER[
VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571 LV GLVSOD\HG 6WLFN RSHUDWLRQ LV OLPLWHG WR
EXWWRQ WKHDUHDRIWKLVFLUFOH

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ 7KHRSHUDWLQJUDQJHGLVSOD\DUHD ŏ 7KH PDUNHU VKRZV WKH


 7KH YHUWLFDO GLUHFWLRQ VKRZV WKH VWLFNSRVLWLRQ
H O H Y D W R U  W U D Y H O   7 K H  K R U L ] R Q W D O
GLUHFWLRQVKRZVWKHDLOHURQWUDYHO

Swash ring setting procedure


$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
*The display blinks.
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKH
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

5DWHVHWWLQJ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5$7(@LWHPWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR
*Adjust the rate to maximum swash tilt.
 *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 85


6ZDVK$)5DQGOLQNDJHFRUUHFWLRQIXQFWLRQ KHOLFRSWHURQO\H[FHSW
6:$6+ VZDVKW\SH+

Neutral Point The following compensation mixing is possible;


At your linkages, if the servo horn deviates from PIT to AIL, PIT to ELE, AIL to PIT, ELE to AIL,
a perpendicular position at neutral, the linkage and ELE to PIT (HR3 mode.) It adjusts the swash-
compensation functions in this menu may not plate to for proper operation of each control using
compensate effectively. To correct this use the the corresponding compensation mixing.
Neutral Point function. This will move the neutral
Linkage Compensation
point of the servos to the actual perpendicular
This compensation mixing is used to correct the
position. However, this adjustment changes only
swash-plate for pitch control at low pitch and high
the axis point of the compensation functions in this
pitch.
menu, and does not affect the neutral position of
other functions. Speed Compensation
Swash AFR This function is used to cancel the reaction that
is generated by the difference in the movements of
Swash AFR function reduces, increases, or
each servo when the swash-plate moves.
reverses the rate (travel) of the aileron, elevator and
collective pitch functions, by adjusting or reversing Subtrim
the motion of all servos involved in that function, Subtrim for aileron, elevator and pitch can be set
only when using that function. during swash setting.
Mixing Rate Pitch adjustment function
This mixing is used to compensate the swash- +LJKQHXWUDODQGORZSLWFK¿[HGRXWSXWVFDQEH
plate as necessary during specific control inputs. used while adjusting the pitch.

ŏ 6HOHFW >6:$6+@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG DFFHVV


WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

Neutral point setting procedure Swash AFR setting procedure


The neutral point becomes the correction The swash AFR function makes adjustments so
standard point. WKDWWKHVHUYRVWUDYHOWKHVSHFL¿HGDPRXQWE\>$,/@
*Adjusting the servo horn so that the neutral point is near the [ELE], and [PIT] operation.
50% position makes the mixing amount small. 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWR
1HXWUDOSRLQWVHWWLQJ DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>326@LWHPDQGKROG WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
WKHSLWFKRSHUDWLRQVRWKDWWKHVHUYRKRUQLV  $GMXVW WKH $)5 UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
DWDULJKWDQJOHWRWKHOLQNDJHURGDQG7RXFK VHQVRU
WKH 571 EXWWRQ IRU RQH VHFRQG 7KLV YDOXH  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
LQGLFDWHVWKHVHUYR VQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the AFR
 $IWHU UHDGLQJ WKH QHXWUDO SRLQW XVH WKH rate is reset to the initial value.
RWKHU FRUUHFWLRQ IXQFWLRQV WR PDNH IXUWKHU
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
DGMXVWPHQWV
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
86 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
Mixing rate setting procedure
The HR3 swash-plate type will be used as an
example to describe mixing rate setting. The mixing
used in other swash modes may be different,
however, the setting procedure is the same. *When making the following setting, Move the cursor to the
item you want to set and touch the RTN button to switch
to the data input mode. Touch the RTN button to end
adjustment and return to the cursor mode.

&RPSHQVDWLQJDLOHURQLQSXW>$,/@
*Set the throttle stick to the preset neutral point. Adjust the  6HWWKHWKURWWOHWRWKHORZHVWSRVLWLRQ0RYH
length of the linkage rod so that the swash plate is horizontal WKH DLOHURQ VWLFN WR WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW DQG
at this position. DGMXVW WKH DLOHURQ FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW
*The sub-trim function can be used to make small VR WKDW LQWHUIHUHQFH LQ WKH HOHYDWRU RU SLWFK
adjustments. GLUHFWLRQLVPLQLPDO
*Adjust so that the pitch curve is a straight line and the *Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.
helicopter achieves maximum pitch. *The left and right sides can be adjusted individually.
*Move the cursor to the item you want to adjust and touch *If the interference increases when the compensation amount
the RTN button to switch to the data input mode. Touch was increased, make adjustments with the direction [DIR.]
the RTN button to end adjustment and return to the cursor using the plus "+" or minus "-".
mode. &RPSHQVDWLQJHOHYDWRULQSXW>(/(@
 $GMXVW WKH HOHYDWRU FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW
$GMXVWLQJWKHDLOHURQRSHUDWLRQ>$,/WR3,7@ V R  W K D W  W K H  D L O H U R Q  R U  S L W F K  G L U H F W L R Q
 $GMXVWWKH$,/WR3,7UDWHVRWKHUHLVQRELQGLQJ LQWHUIHUHQFH ZKHQ WKH HOHYDWRU VWLFN ZDV
LQWKHHOHYDWRURUSLWFKPRYHPHQWZKHQWKH PRYHGXSDQGGRZQLVPLQLPDO
DLOHURQVWLFNLVPRYHGWRWKHOHIWDQGULJKW 5HSHDWVWHSVDQGDERYHSHUIRUPDLOHURQ
*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor. DQG HOHYDWRU FRPSHQVDWLRQ VLPLODUO\ DW IXOO
WKURWWOH
*The left and right sides can be adjusted individually.
$GMXVWLQJWKHHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ>(/(WR$,/@
>(/(WR3,7@ Speed compensation setting procedure
 $GMXVW WKH (/( WR $,/ DQG (/( WR 3,7 UDWHV VR 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 63((' LWHP DQG
WKHUH LV QR ELQGLQJ LQ WKH DLOHURQ RU SLWFK WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
PRYHPHQWZKHQWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNLVPRYHG LQSXWPRGH
XSDQGGRZQ
6HW WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH QHXWUDO SRLQW
*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor. SRVLWLRQ4XLFNO\PRYHWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNDQG
*The up and down sides can be adjusted individually. DGMXVW WKH VSHHG FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW
$GMXVWLQJWKHSLWFKRSHUDWLRQ>3,7WR$,/@>3,7 >63(('@IRUPLQLPXPLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHSLWFK
WR(/(@ GLUHFWLRQ
 $GMXVW WKH 3,7 WR $,/ DQG 3,7 WR (/( UDWHV VR *Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.
WKDW WKH VZDVK SODWH PRYHV WR WKH OHYHO  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
KRUL]RQWDOSRVLWLRQZKHQWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNZDV UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
PRYHGWRPD[LPXPORZDQGIXOOKLJK
*Adjust by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The slow and high sides can be adjusted individually.

Linkage compensation setting procedure


*Prior to utilizing the linkage compensation settings, it is
important to adjust the mixing rate settings.
*Linkage compensation overrides interference from the
aileron operation with the elevator or elevator operation
with the aileron at collective pitch control for low pitch and
high pitch.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 87


Subtrim setting procedure
Subtrim can be set on the last page of the swash
setting screen.

*The sub-trim value set here is reflected at sub-trim of the


linkage menu.

Pitch adjustment procedure


The pitch adjustment function can be used on the
last page of the swash setting screen.
&DOO WKH ODVW SDJH RI WKH VZDVK VHWWLQJ
VFUHHQ
: K H Q  W K H  F X U V R U  L V  P R Y H G  W R  D  S L W F K
DGMXVWPHQW EXWWRQ DQG WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV
WRXFKHGWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJSLWFKLVRXWSXW
* In the pitch adjustment mode an * is displayed at the left
side of the current output setting button.
*If the cursor is moved to another button and the RTN button
is touched during pitch adjustment, the pitch adjustment
mode is deactivated.

 )XQFWLRQGHWDLOVDUHDVIROORZV
%XWWRQ )XQFWLRQ
+LJK +LJKSLWFKÀ[HGRXWSXWPRGH
1HXWUDO 1HXWUDOSLWFKÀ[HGRXWSXWPRGH
/RZ /RZSLWFKÀ[HGRXWSXWPRGH
0RYLQJ &\FOLFSLWFKRXWSXWPRGH
*The cyclic pitch speed can be set with the button at the right
side of the “Moving” button.
 6HWWLQJUDQJHWR
*When the set value is large, motion becomes fast and when
the set value is small, motion becomes slow.

88 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


'LJLWDOWULPVHWWLQJV
T1-T4 SET.
This function adjusts the digital trim's step Only the trim displayed on the home screen can
DPRXQWDQGRSHUDWLRQPRGH 7a7 be moved to the center position without changing
When the flight conditions are set, the trim the actual trim's memory position.
operation can be coupled with the conditions when
combination mode is selected.
The T14SG unit of trim is displayed on the home
screen.
ŏ7ULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH
ŏ6HOHFW>776(7@LQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXDQGDFFHVV
&20%&RPELQDWLRQPRGH
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ 6(3$56HSDUDWHPRGH

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
(The display screen is an example. The
screen depends on the model type.)
Control step amount setting Display unit selection
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>67(3@LWHPDQGWRXFK 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >81,7@ LWHP DQG
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
PRGH LQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHFRQWUROVWHSDPRXQWE\VFUROOLQJWKH 6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
WRXFKVHQVRU VHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH *The display blinks.
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa  >@$VWHSQXPEHULVGLVSOD\HGRQWKHKRPH
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the control VFUHHQ7KHUHLVQRXQLWGLVSOD\
step amount is reset to the initial value.  >@LVGLVSOD\HGDVDXQLW
*When the value is increased, the change per step becomes 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
larger. DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG EXWWRQ
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH Trim Memory Operation procedure
Separate/combination mode selection (Heli and 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>770(025<@LWHP
Glider only) DQG  WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
LQSXWPRGH VHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
6HOHFW WKH PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK  >,1+@,QKLELWHG *The display blinks.
VHQVRU$FRQÀUPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV  >$&7@$FWLYDWHG
*The display blinks. 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
 >&20%@&RPELQDWLRQPRGH7KHWULP VGDWD DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
LVUHÁHFWHGLQDOOÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQV EXWWRQ
 >6(3$5@ 6HSDUDWH PRGH 7ULP DGMXVWPHQWV $WWKHKRPHVFUHHQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
D U H  P D G H  L Q G L Y L G X D O O \  I R U  H D F K  I O L J K W WULP\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571
FRQGLWLRQ IRURQHVHFRQG7KHWULPGLVSOD\LVPRYHGWR
WKHFHQWHUSRVLWLRQ
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
*When the function is inhibited, the trim position returns to
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
the actual trim position.
EXWWRQ
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 89
/RZ%DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHVHW:DUQLQJQRUPDOUHVHW
:$51,1*
The T14SG includes an audible alarm that :DUQLQJGLVSOD\
sounds when the transmitter’s battery voltage drops $LUSODQH 7KURWWOH FXW,GOH GRZQ7KURWWOH
below a pre-determined setting; adjustable for cell SRVLWLRQ6QDSUROO0RWRU SRVLWLRQ$LUEUDNH
types and voltages. 0RWRU
Mixing warning at power ON can be reset to +HOLFRSWHU &RQGLWLRQ7KURWWOH FXW7KURWWOH
SRVLWLRQ7KURWWOH+ROG
OFF.
*OLGHU&RQGLWLRQ0RWRUSRVLWLRQ7ULPPL[0RWRU

ŏ 6HOHFW >:$51,1*@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG


DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ3XVKS1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRQH[WSDJH

Accessing and Activating the Low Battery :DUQLQJQRUPDOO\UHVHWWLQJPHWKRG


Alarm 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR
7KH /RZ %DWWHU\ /2: %$77(5<  DODUP UHVHW WR 2)) DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
YROWDJH LV DFFHVVHG WKURXJK WKH 76*·V VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6\VWHP0HQX:LWKLQWKH6\VWHP0HQXXVH 6HOHFW WKH 2)) PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
WKH 6HQVRU7RXFKŒ WR KLJKOLJKW WKH 6281' VHQVRU
RSWLRQ DQG WKHQ SUHVV WKH 5HWXUQ 571  *The display blinks.
EXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKHVHOHFWLRQ
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
8VH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK WR VFUROO WR WKH /RZ DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
%DWWHU\ /2:%$77(5< DODUPDQGWKHQSUHVV EXWWRQ
WKH5HWXUQ 571 EXWWRQWRDFFHVVWKHYROWDJH
VHWWLQJV  8VLQJ WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK DGMXVW WKH
YROWDJH DV GHVLUHG DQGRU GHWHUPLQHG E\
WKH WUDQVPLWWHU EDWWHU\ SDFN EHLQJ XWLOL]HG
7KHYROWDJHRSWLRQVUDQJHIURP9WR9
6XJJHVWHGYROWDJHVHWWLQJVDUHDVIROORZV
z5-Cell NiCd or NiMH: 5.6V
z2-Cell LiFe: 6.0V

*About low battery voltage, all the models included in one


transmitter are changed in common. It cannot set to different
voltage for every model. Moreover, data reset is not carried
out.

90 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHUHFHLYHU
TELEMETRY
This screen displays your choice of data from the *It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
receiver. *Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
Also warnings can be activated regarding *The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
other data from your aircraft. For example, if the *A telemetry function cannot be used for the 2nd receiver of
receiver voltage drops, the user can be warned by dual receiver mode. The voltage and Ext voltage of a 2nd
an alarm (and vibration). receiver cannot be known with a transmitter.

ŏ[TELEMETRY]FDQEHFDOOHGLIWKHHOME/EXITEXWWRQ
LVSXVKHGIURPDhome screen
ŏ 5HFHLYHU ! 7UDQVPLWWHU 7KH
ŏ 6HOHFW >7(/(0(75<@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG UHFHSWLRQVWUHQJWKLVVKRZQ
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ3XVKS1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRQH[WSDJH

How to see telemetry date :DUQLQJ


7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQFDQEHFDOOHGLIWKH+20(
(;,7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGIURPWKHKRPHVFUHHQ
Do not watch the transmitter screen during
2U VHOHFW >7(/(0(75<@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX ÀLJKW
DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ <RXPD\ORRVHVLJKWRIWKHDLUFUDIWGXULQJÀLJKWDQGWKLVLV
WKH571EXWWRQ extremely dangerous. Have an assistant on hand to check
,IHDFKLWHPLVFKRVHQDQGWKH571EXWWRQLV the screen for you. A pilot should NEVER take his eyes off
SXVKHG DQ DODUP VHWXS FDQ EH SHUIRUPHG his aircraft.
Z L W K  W K H  P L Q L P X P  P D [ L P X P  D I W H U  D
WUDQVPLWWHULVWXUQHGRQ
*Receiver voltage can be checked immediately. An optional
sensor will need to be attached to S.BUS2 of a receiver if
you would like to see other information. 
*No special setup is necessary if each sensor displayed
is left as in the default setup. Separate sensor ID
is also unnecessary. However, if two or more of
one kind of sensor is used, setup is required in the
"SENSOR" menu.

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 91


'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJH
TELEMETRY : Rx-BATT.
In this screen, the battery voltage of a receiver is *It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
displayed. *Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
If it becomes higher or lower than the setting an *The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.

ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ


ŏ 6HOHFW >5[%$77@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ ŏ5HFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJH
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ  Ņ 7 K H   G R Z Q   D U U R Z  Z L O O
LQGLFDWH WKDW DQ DODUP ZLOO
V R X Q G  Z K H Q  W K H  Y R O W D J H
GURSVWREHORZWKHVHWWLQJ

Alert set
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57>,1+@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >9@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH9
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ

92 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKH(;7EDWWHU\YROWDJHSRUW
TELEMETRY : EXT-VOLT

The EXT-VOLT screen will display the data You will be alerted by an alarm or vibration if
from the EXT-battery output from the R7008SB the voltage set by you is exceeded.
receiver. In order to use this function, it is necessary *It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
to connect External voltage connector of the *Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage will be received in
R7008SB receiver to a CA-RVIN-700 (FUTM5551) the FASSTest12CH mode.
or SBS-01V to the battery you desire to measure *The FASSTest14CH mode will display all telemetry data.
the voltage of.
ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ
ŏ 6HOHFW >(;792/7@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ ŏ(;7EDWWHU\YROWDJH
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏŅ7KHDUURZZLOOLQGLFDWHWKDW
DQ DODUP ZLOO VRXQG ZKHQ
WKHYROWDJHGURSVWREHORZ
WKHVHWWLQJ

Alert set
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57>,1+@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >9@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH9
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 93


'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHWHPSHUDWXUH
TELEMETRY : TEMP.
TEMP. is a screen which displays/sets up *It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
the temperature information from an optional *Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
temperature sensor. FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
The temperature of the model (engine, motor,
EDWWHU\HWF ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHGLVSOD\HG
If it becomes higher or lower than the setting an
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.
ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ
SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ6HOHFW>7(03@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ7HPSHUDWXUH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ Ń $Q XSZDUG DUURZ ZLOO ŏ3UHVVWKH S1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH


V K R Z  W K D W  D Q  D O D U P
Z L O O  V R X Q G  Z K H Q  W K H
WHPSHUDWXUHULVHVDERYH
WKHVHWYDOXH

ŏ Ņ $Q GRZQZDUG DUURZ


ZLOO VKRZ WKDW DQ DODUP
Z L O O  V R X Q G  Z K H Q  W K H
W H P S H U D W X U H  G U R S V
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

Alert set : Hot warning Alert set : Low-temperature warning


0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQG  SDJH LV DFFHVVHG E\ SXVKLQJ 6 0RYH
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD WKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
LQSXWPRGH 571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6 DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ  EXWWRQ 
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŃ7+5(6+2/'> @ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ7+5(6+2/'> @
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU $MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH a  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH a
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/' Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value. reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6 DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ EXWWRQ

94 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKH530
TELEMETRY : RPM

RPM is a screen which displays / sets up the *It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
RPM information from an optional RPM sensor. *Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
FASSTest12CH mode.
The RPM of the model (engine, motor, etc.)
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHVKRZQ
If it becomes higher or lower than the setting an
alarm and/or vibration will alert you.
ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ
ŏ6HOHFW>530@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQ SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
ŏ530
EHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ Ń$Q XSZDUG DUURZ


LQGLFDWHV WKDW WKH ŏ3UHVVWKH S1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
D O D U P  Z L O O  V R X Q G
ZKHQ WKH 530 ULVHV
DERYHWKHVHWYDOXH

ŏŅ$QGRZQZDUGDUURZ
LQGLFDWHV WKDW WKH
D O D U P  Z L O O  V R X Q G
ZKHQ WKH 530 IDOOV
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

ŏ0$*1(7,&RU237,&$/
LV VHW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH ŏ ,Q 0$*1(7,& WKH JHDU UDWLR ŏ ,Q 237,&$/ WKH QXPEHU RI
VHQVRU\RXXVH RI \RXU HQJLQH PRWRU  \RX DUH EODGHVRIWKHSURSHOOHU URW
6%6500$*1(7,& XVLQJLVHQWHUHG RU \RXUPRGHOLVHQWHUHG
6%652237,&$/

Alert set : Over rotations Alert set : Under rotations


0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQG 6FUROO WR WKH VHFRQG SDJH E\ SXVKLQJ 6
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ$/(57 LWHP DQG
LQSXWPRGH WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK LQSXWPRGH
VHQVRU 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW VHQVRU
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
EXWWRQ  DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
0 R Y H  W K H  F X U V R U  W R  W K H  Ń 7 + 5 ( 6 + 2 / ' EXWWRQ 
>USP@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >USP@
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP  ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
reset to the initial value. *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW reset to the initial value.
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
EXWWRQ DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 95
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHDOWLWXGH
TELEMETRY : ALTITUDE
ALTITUDE is a screen which displays / sets up the airfield is displayed. This sensor calculates the altitude
altitude information from an optional altitude sensor or from atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure will
*36VHQVRU7KHDOWLWXGHRIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ get lower as you go up in altitude, using this the sensor
be known. If it becomes higher (low) than preset altitude, will estimate the altitude. Please understand that an exact
you can be told by alarm. To show warning by vibration advanced display cannot be performed if atmospheric
can also be chosen. Data when a power supply is turned pressure changes in a weather situation.
on shall be 0 m, and it displays the altitude which *It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
FKDQJHGIURPWKHUH(YHQLIWKHDOWLWXGHRIDQDLU¿HOGLV *Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
high, that shall be 0 m and the altitude difference from an FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.

ŏ6HOHFW>$/7,78'(@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ


VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ$OWLWXGH
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ  Ń  $ Q  X S Z D U G  D U U R Z ŏ3UHVVWKH6EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
LQGLFDWHV WKH DODUP ZLOO
VRXQGZKHQWKHDOWLWXGH
UHDFKHVDERYH\RXUVHW
YDOXH

ŏŅ$QGRZQZDUGDUURZ
LQGLFDWHV WKH DODUP
ZLOO VRXQG ZKHQ WKH
D O W L W X G H  U H D F K H V
EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH
First, the set of a reference is required.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
7KH PRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKH reset to the initial value.
DOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6(7@RI5()(5(1&( DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR EXWWRQ
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG Alert set : Low side
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ 
*Atmospheric pressure is changed according to the weather also 6FUROOWRWKHVHFRQGSDJHE\SXVKLQJ60RYH
DWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKW WKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
Alert set : High side 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQG 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
LQSXWPRGH EXWWRQ 
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >P@
VHQVRU LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6 $MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
EXWWRQ   ,QLWLDOYDOXHP
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŃ7+5(6+2/'>P@  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPaP
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU reset to the initial value.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXHP 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPaP UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
96 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHYDULRPHWHU
TELEMETRY : VARIO
VARIO is a screen which displays / sets up the status, the T14SG incorporates a different melody
variometer information from an optional altitude for ascent and descent. Additionally, depending
sensor or GPS sensor. upon the rate of climb or descent, the tones vary to
7KHYDULRPHWHURIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ indicate whether or not the airplane is climbing or
be known. descending at a rapid rate.
*It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
If it becomes higher or lower than the setting an *Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
alarm and/or vibration will alert you. FASSTest12CH mode.
*The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
To ensure that the pilot is aware as to the model's
ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ
SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
ŏ6HOHFW>9$5,2@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ ŏ9DULRPHWHU
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ  Ń  $ Q  X S Z D U G  D U U R Z ŏ3UHVVWKH6EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
LQGLFDWHV WKH DODUP ZLOO
VRXQGZKHQWKHDOWLWXGH
UHDFKHVDERYH\RXUVHW
YDOXH

ŏ Ņ $Q GRZQZDUG DUURZ


LQGLFDWHV WKH DODUP ZLOO
VRXQGZKHQWKHDOWLWXGH
UHDFKHV EHORZ \RXU VHW
YDOXH

ŏ,IWKLVLVVHWWR$&7DPHORG\ZLOOEHDFWLYDWHGGXULQJWKH
ULVHRUGLYHGHSHQGLQJRQ\RXUVHWYDOXHV

Alert set : Rise side Alert set : Dive side


0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQG 6FUROO WR WKH VHFRQG SDJH E\ SXVKLQJ 6
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ$/(57 LWHP DQG
LQSXWPRGH WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK LQSXWPRGH
VHQVRU 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW VHQVRU
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
EXWWRQ  DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŃ7+5(6+2/'>PV@ EXWWRQ 
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ7+5(6+2/'>PV@
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 ,QLWLDOYDOXHPV $MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPVaPV  ,QLWLDOYDOXHPV
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPVaP
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
reset to the initial value. *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW reset to the initial value.
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG
EXWWRQ UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 97
'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJH
TELEMETRY : BATTERY
In this screen, the battery voltage is displayed. *It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
In order to use this function, it is necessary to *Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
connect External voltage connector of R7008SB FASSTest12CH mode.
SBS-01V Battery *The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
SBS-01V measures two batteries. The drive
battery connected to two lines is displayed on EXT-
VOLT. The battery for receivers connected to 3P
lines is displayed here.
ŏ 7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQ
ŏ 6HOHFW >%$77(5<@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ ŏEDWWHU\YROWDJH
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏŅ7KHDUURZZLOOLQGLFDWHWKDW
DQ DODUP ZLOO VRXQG ZKHQ
WKHYROWDJHGURSVWREHORZ
WKHVHWWLQJ

Alert set
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ$/(57>,1+@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ7+5(6+2/' >9@
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH9
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ

98 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHGLVWDQFH
TELEMETRY : DISTANCE
Distance is a screen that displays and sets the *The GPS sensor sold separately is necessary. Mount and
connect the sensor in accordance with the sensor instruction
altitude data from an SBS-01G (GPS Sensor) sold manual.
separately. The distance to the airborne aircraft *It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
can be read by the transmitter. When the aircraft *Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
ÀLHVRXWVLGH LQVLGH WKHVHWGLVWDQFHWKHRSHUDWRULV FASSTest12CH mode.
alerted by an alarm and vibration. *The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
ŏ,WLVWKHUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\IURPD*36
6DWHOOLWH3OHDVHZDLWXQWLOLWEHFRPHV
GLVSOD\VDQGSXVK>5()(5(1&(@ ŏ  0 D [ L P X P  G L V W D Q F H  D I W H U
WUDQVPLWWHUZDVWXUQHGRQ
ŏ 6HOHFW >',67$1&(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571 ŏ&XUUHQWGLVWDQFH
EXWWRQ
* <SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
ŏ'LVWDQFHDODUPVHWWLQJUDQJH
P P
ŏ3UHVVWKH S1EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH
*Alarm when the aircraft moves far
ŏ 7KH ŃDUURZ VKRZV
*
away.
W K D W  D Q  D O D U P  L V Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
J H Q H U D W H G  Z K H Q
W K H  V H W  Y D O X H  L V
H[FHHGHG

ŏ  7 K H  Ņ D U U R Z  V K R Z V
W K D W  D Q  D O D U P  L V
J H Q H U D W H G  Z K H Q
WKH GLVWDQFH GURSV
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH ŏ'LVWDQFHDODUPVHWWLQJUDQJHP P
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'

First, the set of a reference is required.


7KHPRGHODQGWUDQVPLWWHUWRZKLFKWKH*36 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ7+5(6+2/'>P@
VHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
 ,W ZDLWV XQWLO WKH *36 UHFHLYLQJ DFFXUDF\ WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
GLVSOD\HGRQDVFUHHQEHFRPHVWKUHH $MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6(7@RI5()(5(1&( *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR reset to the initial value.
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXWDQG DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
UHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6EXWWRQ  EXWWRQ
*Now, the position of the present model was set to 0 m.
*Positioning time of GPS
Alert setting when aircraft goes too far A short time is required until the positioning of
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ń$/(57 LWHP DQG the GPS is established. In the meantime, don't
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD PRYH WKH PRGHO GXULQJ WKLV SURFHVV:DLW VWLOO
LQSXWPRGH until LED of a GPS sensor carries out solid green
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK lighting.
VHQVRU
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ 
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 99
Alert setting when the aircraft approaches
$FFHVV WKH VHFRQG SDJH E\ SXVKLQJ 6 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHŅ7+5(6+2/'>P@LWHP
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Ņ$/(57 LWHP DQG DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD GDWDLQSXWPRGH
LQSXWPRGH $MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
VHQVRU reset to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6 DQGUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH6
EXWWRQ  EXWWRQ 6ODQWDQGVXUIDFHGLVWDQFH

ŏ6HOHFW>',67$1&(@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJ
WKHRTNEXWWRQ$QGS1EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWZLFH

* <SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ$OWLWXGH FDOFXODWHG DV


H L W K H U  V W U D L J K W O L Q H
GLVWDQFH VODQW RUVXUIDFH
GLVWDQFH RQ D PDS FDQ
DOVREHVHOHFWHG


Two displays methods, straight line distance and


surface distance, can be selected as shown above.
6HOHFWSDJHE\WRXFKLQJWKH6EXWWRQWZLFH
IURPWKH´',67$1&(µVFUHHQ
 6HOHFW 6/$17! 685)$&(! QH[W WR ´02'(µ
VFUROO WR WKH GHVLUHG PHWKRG DQG WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQ

100 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHVSHHG
TELEMETRY : SPEED
The speed screen displays and sets the speed data is displayed instead of air speed. Consequently,
from an SBS-01G (GPS sensor) sold separately. with a head wind, the displayed speed decreases
The speed of the aircraft during flight can be and with a tail wind, the displayed speed increases.
displayed. *It cannot be used in FASST mode and S-FHSS mode.
*Only receiver voltage and EXT voltage can be used in
After flight, the maximum speed during flight FASSTest12CH mode.
can be viewed. Because this speed is based on *The FASSTest14CH mode can use all the telemetry functions.
position data from a GPS satellite, the ground speed
ŏ 'LVSOD\V WKH PD[LPXP VSHHG DIWHU
ŏ6HOHFW>63(('@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH WKHWUDQVPLWWHULVWXUQHGRQ
VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ ŏ'LVSOD\VWKHFXUUHQWVSHHG

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
ŏ6SHHG DODUP VHWWLQJ UDQJH
ŏ3UHVVWKH6EXWWRQWRDGYDQFHWRWKHQH[WSDJH 1 NPK
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
ŏ 7KH Ń DUURZ VKRZV
*Alarm when the speed has increased.
W K D W  D Q  D O D U P  L V
JHQHUDWHG ZKHQ
WKHVSHHGH[FHHGV
WKHVHWYDOXH
ŏ 7KH Ņ DUURZ VKRZV
W K D W  D Q  D O D U P  L V
J H Q H U D W H G  Z K H Q
W K H  V S H H G  G U R S V
EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH
ŏ6SHHGDODUPVHWWLQJUDQJH NPK
Ń7+5(6+2/'!Ņ7+5(6+2/'
*Alarm when the speed has decreased. 6HOHFW WKH $&7 PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
Alert setting when speed increases 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
 6HW ´Ń$/(57µ RQ WKH 63(('! VFUHHQ WR $&7 DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH WRXFK WKH 6
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR ,1+ DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
EXWWRQ 7KH VSHHG DW ZKLFK DQ DODUP LV JHQHUDWHG
6HOHFW WKH $&7 PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK FDQEHVHWE\VHOHFWLQJWKHQXPHULFDOGLVSOD\
VHQVRU QH[WWR´Ņ7+5(6+2/'µDQGWRXFKLQJWKH571
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW EXWWRQ7KLVVRXQGVDQDODUPZKHQWKHVSHHG
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH WRXFK WKH 6 GHFUHDVHV
EXWWRQ  $MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7KHVSHHGDWZKLFKDQDODUPLVJHQHUDWHGFDQ *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is reset
EHVHWE\VHOHFWLQJWKHVSHHGGLVSOD\QH[WWR´Ń to the initial value.
7+5(6+2/'µDQGWRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ7KLV 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW
JHQHUDWHVDQDODUPZKHQWKHVSHHGLQFUHDVHV DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH WRXFK WKH 6
$MXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU EXWWRQ
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is reset *Speed alarm precaution
to the initial value.
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RWHUPLQDWHWKHLQSXW Since the GPS speed sensor displays the ground speed, it cannot
be used as a stall alarm. For example, an aircraft that stalls
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH WRXFK WKH 6 at 50km/h will stall if the tailwind is 5km/h or greater even
EXWWRQ through 55km/h is displayed by ground speed. In addition,
Alert setting when speed decreases ZLWKDQDLUFUDIWWKDWZLOOGLVLQWHJUDWHLQPLGÀLJKWDWNPKDW
an over-speed alarm, when the headwind reaches 30km/h the
6HOHFWSDJHE\SUHVVLQJ6IURPWKH63(('! airplane will disintegrate in midair due to over speeding even at
VFUHHQDQGVHW´Ņ$/(57µWR$&7 a ground speed of 370km/h.
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 101
9DULRXVWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVVHWWLQJ
SENSOR
>:KDWLVDVORW"@
This screen registers the telemetry sensors used Servos are classified by CH, but sensors are
with the transmitter. When only one of a certain classified in units called “slot”. There are slots
type of sensor is used, this setting is unnecessary from No. 1 to No. 31.
and the sensor can be used by simply connecting it Altitude sensors, GPS sensors and other data
to the S.BUS2 port of the transmitter. sensor units may use multiple slots.
When using 2 or more of the same kind of Using a sensor which uses two or more slots,
sensor, they must be registered here. the required number of slots is automatically
assigned by setting up a start slot.
When 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are
ŏ 6HOHFW >6(1625@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG used, the sensors themselves must allocate unused
DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ slots and memorize that slot.
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ 6HQVRU ,' :KHQ PXOWLSOH VHQVRUV RI WKH


*3 slots of altitude sensor are used. VDPHW\SHDUHQRWXVHG,'LVXQQHFHVVDU\
*8 slots of GPS sensor are used.

ŏ $V VKRZQ LQ WKH


Q LQ WKH WDEOH
WDEOH EHORZ
EHORZ DQ
DQ DOWLPHWHU
DOWLPHWHU UHTXLUHV
UHTXLUHV 
 FRQWLJXRXV VORWV
DQGD*36VHQVRUUHTXLUHVFRQWLJXRXVVORWV,QDGGLWLRQVLQFHWKH*36
6%6* VWDUWVORWVDUHDQGVORWVDQGDUHLQKLELWHG

Assignable slot *Altimeter, GPS, and other sensors that display a large amount of data require multiple slots.
*Depending on the type of sensor, the slot numbers that can be allocated may be limited.

Sensor The required The number which can be used as a start slot Selling area
number of slots
TEMP (SBS-01T) 1 slot 1 31
RPM (SBS01RM,SBS-
01RO) 1 slot 1 31
1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 8, 9 , 1 0 , 1 1 , 1 2 , 1 3 , 1 4 , 1 6 , 1 7 , 1 8 , 1 9 , 2 0 , 2 1 , Global
Voltage (SBS-01V) 2 slots
22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
Altitude (SBS-01A) 3 slots 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,24,2
5,26,27,28,29
GPS (SBS-01G) 8 slots 8,16,24
TEMP125-F1713 1 slot 1 31
VARIO-F1712 2 slots 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20,21,
22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30 Europe
1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20,21,
VARIO-F1672 2 slots 22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
GPS-F1675 8 slots 8,16,24

102 <Functions of Linkage Menu>


SENSOR : RELOAD
When using multiple sensors of the same type
the sensors must be registered in the transmitter.
Connect all the sensors to be used to the T14SG as
3-way hub
VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDWWKHULJKWDQGUHJLVWHUWKHPE\ or Y-harnesses
the following procedure. The ID of each sensor is
registered in the transmitter.
76*

5HFHLYHUV
%DWWHU\

ŏ&DOOSDJHE\WRXFKLQJWKH6EXWWRQWLPHVIURP
WKH>6(1625@PHQX
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

Reading all the sensors to be used


 &RQQHFW DOO WKH VHQVRUV DQG UHFHLYHU
EDWWHULHVWREHXVHGWRWKH76*WKURXJKD
KXEDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR´5(/25'µRQSDJHRI
WKH>6(1625@VFUHHQ
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
   $OO WKH VHQVRUV DUH UHJLVWHUHG DQG FDQ EH
XVHG

SENSOR : REGISTER
This function registers an additional sensor.
Connect the sensor as shown in the figure at the
right and register it by the following procedure.
The sensor ID is registered in the transmitter.
3-way hub
Additional sensor registration or Y-harnesses

 &RQQHFW WKH VHQVRU DQG UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\


WR EH XVHG WR WKH 76* WKURXJK D KXE DV
VKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDWWKHULJKW 76*

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR´5(*,67(5µRQSDJHRI
WKH6HQVRU!VFUHHQ 5HFHLYHUV
%DWWHU\
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
7KHVHQVRULVUHJLVWHUHGDQGFDQEHXVHG
When the number of slots needed in registration is
LQVXI¿FLHQWDQHUURULVGLVSOD\HGDQGUHJLVWUDWLRQFDQQRWEH
performed. Disable unused slots or perform the following
relocate.
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 103
SENSOR : RELOCATE
This function secures contiguous unused slots
by rearranging the registration state when sensor
registration and deregistration are performed
3-way hub
repeatedly and the unused slots are fragmented. or Y-harnesses

76*

5HFHLYHUV
%DWWHU\

ŏ&DOOSDJHE\WRXFKLQJWKH6EXWWRQWLPHVIURP
WKH>6(1625@PHQX
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

Relocate of sensors to be used


 &RQQHFW DOO WKH VHQVRUV DQG UHFHLYHU
EDWWHULHVWREHXVHGWRWKH76*WKURXJKD
KXEDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR´5(/2&$7(µRQSDJHRI
WKH>6(1625@VFUHHQ
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

SENSOR : SET SLOT


This procedure changes the slot No. of one
registered sensor.
Sensor slot change
&RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUDQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\WR
EHFKDQJHGWRWKH76*WKURXJKDKXEDV
VKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH 3-way hub
or Y-harnesses
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR´6(76/27µRQSDJHRI
WKH6HQVRU!VFUHHQ
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ$VHQVRUGHWDLOVVFUHHQ 76*
DSSHDUV
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR ´/2$'µ DQG WRXFK WKH 5HFHLYHUV
571EXWWRQ %DWWHU\
 7KH FXUUHQW VWDUW VORW LV GLVSOD\HG 0RYH WKH
FXUVRU WR WKH QXPEHU RI WKH VWDUW VORW DQG
FKDQJHLWWRWKHGHVLUHGYDOXH &DQQRWEH
VHWWRDVORWWKDWFDQQRWEHDOORFDWHGOLNHWKH
WDEOHRIDOOSDJHV
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR ´:5,7(µ DQG WRXFK WKH
571EXWWRQ
104 <Functions of Linkage Menu>
0RGHOPHPRU\VHWWLQJGDWDUHVHW
DATA RESET
This function is designed to allow you to reset All model setting:
trim settings or all of the settings saved in the active Resets all Linkage and Model Menu functions
model memory. You may individually choose to except for Frequency, Model Select, Low battery
reset the following data; voltage, and Model Type.
T1~T4: If the Model Type selected is Glider, the motor function
channel is automatically reversed in the Reverse menu; all
Reset the digital trim setting. other channels remain normal.
*The trim step amount and trim rate are not reset.
TELEMETRY:
Reset the telemetry setting.
ŏ 6HOHFW >'$7$ 5(6(7@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKH/LQNDJH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
R T N  E X W W R Q  2 U  W K H
H O M E / E X I T  E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

Data resetting method


 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR
UHVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
([HFXWHUHVHWE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQIRU
RQHVHFRQG 7RXFKWKH6EXWWRQWRFHDVH
UHVHWWLQJ

 >77@5HVHWVRQO\WKH77
 >$//02'(/6(77,1*@5HVHWVDOOWKHIXQFWLRQV
LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQG 0RGHO PHQX
H[FHSW WKH IUHTXHQF\ PRGHO VHOHFW DQG
PRGHOW\SHIXQFWLRQV
   >7(/(0(75<@ 5HVHWV RQO\ WKH WHUHPHWU\
IXQFWLRQV

<Functions of Linkage Menu> 105


MODEL MENU (COMMON FUNCTIONS)
This section describes the D/R, program mixing, 6HOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV 8SWR¿YH
and other functions common to all model types. conditions can be used)
Before setting the model data, use the Model Note: The T14SG is designed so that the airplane
Type function of the Linkage menu to select the and glider (including EP glider) model types
are compatible with aircraft of similar type
model type matched to the aircraft. If a different
wings.
model type is selected afterwards, the D/R, program
This section outlines the relationship between
mixing, and other parameters are reset. the functions common to airplanes and
If either a helicopter or glider have been selected gliders, except some dedicated functions,
DVWKHPRGHOW\SHWKHQWKHVSHFL¿FIXQFWLRQVLQWKH and model type.
0RGHOPHQXFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ,I The setting menus will depend on the number
you want to switch the settings for each condition of servos and other differences according to
the wing type used. The setup screens in the
by switch, stick position, etc., use the Condition instruction manual are typical examples.

ŏ $FFHVV WKH PRGHO PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\


WRXFKLQJWKH0'/EXWWRQWZLFHDWWKHKRPH
VFUHHQHWF

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6 H O H F W  W K H  I X Q F W L R Q 6FUROOLQJ
Q D P H  D Q G  U H W X U Q  W R ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
W K H  0 R G H O  P H Q X  E \
W R X F K L Q J  W K H R T N
EXWWRQ 2U D HOME/
EXIT EXWWRQLVSXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

**The Model menu screen depends on the


ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW DQG model type.
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ

Model Menu functions (Common) list

Ɣ6(592 information on how to do so, please refer to the


6HUYR WHVW DQG VHUYR SRVLWLRQ GLVSOD\ )RU D Switch Setting Method located at the back of this
description of its functions, see the Linkage Menu manual.
section.) Ɣ352*0,;
Ɣ&21',7,21 DSSOLFDEOHWRKHOLFRSWHUDQG The T14SG transmitter allows up to five
JOLGHUVHOHFWLRQV completely customizable program mixes.
)OLJKW FRQGLWLRQV DGGLWLRQ GHOHWLRQ FRS\
condition renaming, and condition delay can be set.
Ɣ'8$/5$7(
The D/R curve of a T14SG transmitter may be
DFWLYDWHG IURP D VZLWFK VWLFN SRVLWLRQ HWF )RU

106 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>


)OLJKW FRQGLWLRQ V VZLWFK DVVLJQPHQW FRS\ SULRULW\ FKDQJH DQG
CONDITION FRQGLWLRQGHOD\FDQEHVHW>H[FHSWDLUSODQHW\SH@

This function, in the Model menu, can be used LQ WKH VHUYR SRVLWLRQV DQG ZKHQ WKHUH DUH
WRVZLWFKWKHVHWWLQJVRIXSWRÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV YDULDWLRQV LQ WKH RSHUDWLQJ WLPH EHWZHHQ
FKDQQHOV GXULQJ FRQGLWLRQ VZLWFKLQJ 7KH
Please note this is not applicable to airplane type
GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFKDQQHOWRHQVXUH
selections. PD[LPXPSHUIRUPDQFHIURP\RXUDLUFUDIW
Note: To prevent accidental activation of any :KHQVHWWLQJWKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQIRUDVSHFLÀF
XQXVHGÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQVGXULQJÁLJKWVHWWKH ÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQWKHUHODWHGIXQFWLRQFKDQJHV
switch setting of those unused conditions to DIWHU D GHOD\ FRUUHVSRQGLQJ WR WKH VHW
null [--]. DPRXQW
ŏ $ &RQGLWLRQ 'HOD\ IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH VHW ŏ  , I  P X O W L S O H  F R Q G L W L R Q V  Z H U H  V H W   W K H L U
8QQHFHVVDU\IXVHODJHPRWLRQZKLFKPD\EH RSHUDWLRQDO SULRULW\ PD\ EH FXVWRPL]HG DV
JHQHUDWHGZKHQWKHUHDUHVXGGHQFKDQJHV GHVLUHG

ŏ 6HOHFW >&21',7,21@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG


DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ &XUUHQWO\VHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQQDPH

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

 &RQGLWLRQQDPH  &RQGLWLRQVZLWFK

&RQGLWLRQVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQGHOHWLRQ  6HOHFW WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ E\


VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK VHQVRU 7KHQ WRXFK WKH
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VZLWFK LWHP RI WKH 571EXWWRQ
FRQGLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR VHOHFWGHOHWH DQG
*The current condition can not be selected for the copy
DFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJ
destination condition.
WKH571EXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21
GLUHFWLRQ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&23<@ LWHP DQG
)RUDGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH>6ZLWFK WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQ
Setting Method] at the back of this manual. PHVVDJHDSSHDUV
*The display blinks.
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ IRU RQH VHFRQG DQG
&RQGLWLRQFRS\ WKH FRS\LQJ LV FRPSOHWHG 7RXFK WKH 6
EXWWRQWRVWRSFRS\LQJ

3ULRULW\FKDQJH
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH SULRULW\ XSDUURZ RU
6HWXSVFUHHQSDJH GRZQDUURZ\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFK
WKH571EXWWRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6285&(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD  7KHSULRULW\RIWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJFRQGLWLRQLV
LQSXWPRGH FKDQJHG 7KH ODVW FRQGLWLRQ EHFRPHV WKH
KLJKHVWSULRULW\
 6HOHFWWKHFRS\VRXUFHFRQGLWLRQE\VFUROOLQJ
WKHWRXFKVHQVRU7KHQWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ *The Normal condition cannot be changed or moved, its
priority is always the lowest.
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >'(67,1@ LWHP DQG
WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 107
&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJ

6HWXSVFUHHQSDJH
6HOHFWWKHFRQGLWLRQZKLFK\RXZDQWWRVHW
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH '(/$< LFRQ RI WKH
FKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVW WKH GHOD\ DPRXQW E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PD[LPXPGHOD\
7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

108 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>


7KHDQJOHDQGFXUYHRIHDFKVWLFNIXQFWLRQFDQEHVHW>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@
'8$/5$7(
Dual rate function is used to adjust the amount rate through the dual rate function.
of throw and the operational curve of the stick Neutral position of the dual rate curve can be
IXQFWLRQV DLOHURQ HOHYDWRU DQG UXGGHU  IRU HDFK set.
ÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQRUXSWRUDWHVIRUHDFKIXQFWLRQ
'XDOUDWHFXUYHRI)/$3)/$3%877(5)/<
)RUDLUSODQHW\SHLWLVDOVRSRVVLEOHWRDGMXVWWKH
DQG &$0%(5 IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH VHW $LUSODQH
operational curve of the throttle function.
Glider)
This is normally used after the End Point )/$3DQG%877(5)/<DUHJOLGHURQO\IXQFWLRQV
programming has been completed to define the ( ; 3 U D W H  V H W W L Q J  L V  Q R W  D O O R Z H G  L Q  W K H  ) / $ 3
maximum throw. When mixing is applied from one )/$3%877(5)/<DQG&$0%(5IXQFWLRQV
channel to another channel, both channels can be ,QGLYLGXDOVZLWFKVHWWLQJLVQRWDOORZHGLQWKH)/$3)/$3
adjusted at the same time by adjusting the operation DQG %877(5)/< &$0%(5 IXQFWLRQV &RQGLWLRQ
switching only)
ŏ6HOHFW>'8$/5$7(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ ŏ/HIWULJKW XSGRZQ UDWH
ŏ)XQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ >$LUSODQH@ ŏ2SHUDWLRQFXUYH OHIWULJKWXSGRZQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ1HXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
&XUUHQWO\VHOHFWHGFLUFXLW
8SWR¿YHUDWHVIRUHDFKIXQFWLRQ

>+HOLFRSWHUJOLGHU@

ŏ&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ ŏ&RQGLWLRQ0RGH
VHOHFWLRQ

ŏ6ZLWFKPRGH
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ VHOHFWLRQ
<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 109
'XDOUDWHVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH 1HXWUDOSRVLWLRQDGMXVWPHQW
3HUIRUPWKHVHWWLQJVEHORZDIWHUFKDQJLQJWRWKHFLUFXLWRU
)XQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
condition you want to adjust.
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IXQFWLRQ VHOHFWLRQ
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR  0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>17@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW E\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU  $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the neutral
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FLUFXLW  LWHP DQG
position is reset to the initial value.)
DFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJ
WKH571EXWWRQ6HOHFWWKHVZLWFKDFWLYDWLRQ  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
PHWKRG DQG WKH DFWLYDWLRQ SRVLWLRQ LI
DSSOLFDEOH 
)RUDGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH>6ZLWFK
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.
/HIWULJKW XSGRZQ UDWHDGMXVWPHQW
3HUIRUPWKHVHWWLQJVEHORZDIWHUFKDQJLQJWRWKHFLUFXLWRU
condition you want to adjust.
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHP\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
 5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU DGGLWLRQDO UDWH
DQGRWKHUIXQFWLRQVDVGHVLUHG
2SHUDWLRQFXUYH (;3FXUYH DGMXVWPHQW
3HUIRUPWKHVHWWLQJVEHORZDIWHUFKDQJLQJWRWKHFLUFXLWRU
condition you want to adjust.
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH(;3LWHP\RXZDQWWR
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
8VLQJWKH(;3FXUYHLVHIIHFWLYHWRVPRRWKHRUVRIWHQWKH
control inputs around center to avoid over-controlling the
model. This is often used for the ailerons, elevator and
rudder and may be used with the throttle in the case of an
airplane selection to smoothe the engine controls as well.
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
 5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUDOORWKHUUDWHVDQG
IXQFWLRQVDVGHVLUHG

110 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>


3URJUDP PL[LQJ ZKLFK FDQ EH IUHHO\ FXVWRPL]HG 8S WR ILYH PL[LQJV
352*0,; FDQEHXVHGIRUHDFKPRGHO>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@
Programmable mixing may be used to correct FXUYH /LQHDUSRLQW FDQEHFKDQJHG<RXPD\VHOHFW
undesired tendencies of the aircraft, and it may also be 0L[LQJ212))VZLWFKFRQWURORU\RXPD\FKRRVHWR
XVHGIRUXQXVXDOFRQWUROFRQ¿JXUDWLRQV0L[LQJPHDQV have mixing remaining on all the time.
that the motion of a command channel, called the The Programmable mixing includes a powerful link
"master," is added to the motion of the mixed channel, function, which allows Programmable mixing to be
called "slave." linked with the special mixing functions, or with other
<RXPD\FKRRVHWRKDYHWKH0DVWHU VWULPDGGHGWR programmable mixing functions. The link function can
WKH6ODYHFKDQQHOUHVSRQVH 7ULPVHWWLQJ 7KHPL[LQJ be set up for Master and Slave channel individually.

ŏ6HOHFW>352*0,;@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ0L[
0L[VHWXSVFUHHQFDOO
ŏ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHPL[ZKRVHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRDFWLYDWH
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
ŏ0L[LQJUDWH /HIWULJKWXSGRZQ
>/LQHDUFXUYH@ >SRLQWFXUYH@

ŏ&XUYHVHOHFWLRQ ŏ2IIVHWUDWH ;< ŏ&XUYHVHOHFWLRQ ŏ3RLQWUDWH SRLQW

ŏ&XUUHQWPL[1R ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ 3URJPL[VHWWLQJSURFHGXUH


ŏ212)) Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
VHQVRU
*The display blinks.
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKH
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
7KHIXQFWLRQLVDFWLYDWHG 21RU2))GLVSOD\
ŏ6ODYH&+ ŏ/LQNVHWWLQJ
212))VZLWFKDQGPL[UDWHDUHQRWVHWHYHQWKRXJKWKH
ŏ7ULPPRGHVHWWLQJ
ŏ0DVWHU&+ function is activated.

<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 111


Ɣ212))VZLWFKVHWWLQJ Ɣ7ULPPRGH212))VHWWLQJ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH VZLWFK LWHP DQG  :KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH WULP PRGH PRYH WKH
DFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\WRXFKLQJ FXUVRUWRWKH>75,0@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571
WKH571EXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQG21 EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
GLUHFWLRQ  6HOHFW212))E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
)RUDGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH>6ZLWFK *The display blinks.
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.  7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH WULP
$OZD\VRQZKHQ>@ PRGH 212)) DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
PRGH
Ɣ0DVWHUFKDQQHOVHWWLQJ
7RLQFRUSRUDWHWKHPL[LQJIURPWKHPDVWHUWULPVHOHFW>21@
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >0$67(5@ LWHP DQG ,IWULPLVQRWGHVLUHGVHOHFW>2))@
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
*Effective when a function is set in the master channel.
LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK Ɣ/LQHDUFXUYHVHWWLQJ
VHQVRU
*The display blinks. >5DWHVHWWLQJ@
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRFKDQJHWKHIXQFWLRQ  0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH PL[LQJ UDWH VHWWLQJ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
:KHQ\RXZDQWWROLQNWKLVPL[LQJZLWKRWKHU WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
PL[HVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQG  $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
LQSXWPRGH  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
 6HOHFW WKH OLQN PRGH HLWKHU >@ RU >@ E\ *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU operation position is reset to the initial value.
*The display blinks.  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VHW WKH OLQN PRGH UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU DOO RWKHU UDWHV DV
*Check to ensure that the link mode is functioning properly GHVLUHG
by operating the mix accordingly. >2IIVHWWLQJWKHFXUYHKRUL]RQWDOO\LQWKHYHUWLFDO
RUKRUL]RQWDOGLUHFWLRQ@
*Master channel control can be set to activate based on the  0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6@ VHWWLQJ LWHP
amount of stick input, or VR input, neither of which include DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
$79 '5 DQG PL[LQJ VHOHFWLRQ ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VZLWFK GDWDLQSXWPRGH
setup screen is displayed by touching the RTN button with  $GMXVW WKH RIIVHW UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
"H/W" selected in the function selection. Select master VHQVRU
FKDQQHOFRQWURO 7RWHUPLQDWHWKH+:VHOHFWLRQVHOHFW  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
WKH>@GLVSOD\DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
Ɣ6ODYHFKDQQHOVHWWLQJ
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6/$9(@ LWHP DQG  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
LQSXWPRGH 5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUWKHRWKHUGLUHFWLRQ
 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*The display blinks. >5DWHVHWWLQJ@
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRFKDQJHWKHIXQFWLRQ
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHSRLQWUDWHVHWWLQJLWHP
:KHQ\RXZDQWWROLQNWKLVPL[LQJZLWKRWKHU \RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
PL[HVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQG WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD  $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
LQSXWPRGH  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 6HOHFWWKHOLQNPRGHWR>@RU>@E\VFUROOLQJ  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
WKHWRXFKVHQVRU
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
*The display blinks.
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VHW WKH OLQN PRGH  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU HDFK SRLQW DV
*Check the direction by actual operation. GHVLUHG

112 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>


)8(/0,; 'HGLFDWHG PL[LQJ XVHG WR DGMXVW WKH IXHO PL[WXUH RI DSSOLFDEOH
HQJLQHV>$LUSODQHKHOLFRSWHU@
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXWLOL]HGWRUH¿QHLQÀLJKWQHHGOH Note: Initial settings does not assign fuel mix to
adjustments of engines that offer mixture control any channel. Prior to utilizing the Fuel Mix
settings, select an unused channel on your
carburetors. receiver and assign it accordingly for the
ŏ 6HOHFW >)8(/ 0,;@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG
mixture control. Additionally, please make
DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ sure that your [Control] and [Trim] are set to
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ >$LUSODQHW\SH@ null [--].

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ1HHGOH KLJK WULP


VHOHFWLRQ

ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJ
$FFHOHUDWLRQ VHWWLQJ

>+HOLFRSWHUW\SH@

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHFRS\IXQFWLRQ
 0RYHWKH&23<LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHFRS\GHVWLQDWLRQFRQGLWLRQE\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH
571 EXWWRQ 6HOHFW WKH ><(6@ DQG WRXFK
WKH571EXWWRQ

ŏ(QJLQHFXWVHWWLQJ

<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 113


6HWWLQJPHWKRG reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
%HIRUHXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQDVVLJQWKH>)8(/0,;@IXQFWLRQ
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
WRDQXQXVHGFKDQQHOLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQX>)81&7,21@
*Needle high trim works as high trim based on the center.
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ :RUNVOLNH$7/WULP
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK Ɣ$FFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJ $LUSODQH
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
*This function is used to adjust the needle/engine rise
PRGH
characteristics during acceleration. This enables an
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK acceleration function which temporarily increases the needle
VHQVRU operation from the throttle stick.
*The display blinks.
This function is used when there are symptoms of the
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKH mixture being too lean or too rich, which would be
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21 generated by sudden throttle stick inputs.
LVGLVSOD\HG
 >$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ 5$7( @
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>0,;@LWHPDQGWRXFK
$FFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHDGMXVWHGIRUERWKKLJKDQGORZVHWWLQJV
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH  >'DPSLQJUDWHVHWWLQJ '803,1* @
 6HOHFWWKHPL[LQJPRGH\RXZDQWWRFKDQJH 7KHUHWXUQWLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQ 'XPSLQJ FDQEHVHW
E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU  0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHP\RXZDQWWR
*The display blinks. FKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFK
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH PRGH WRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH  $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
:KHQ>0,;@LVVHOHFWHGDWWKH>0,;@LFRQWKHWKURWWOHFXUYH *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
GDWDWKDWLVVHWEHFRPHVWKHPL[PDVWHU:KHQ>810,;@LV reset to the initial value.)
selected, the throttle stick position becomes the master.  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHSRLQWUDWHVHWWLQJLWHP  >2SHUDWLRQSRLQWVHWWLQJ $&7326 @


\RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ *The operation point at which the acceleration setting will
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH occur. If this point is exceeded, acceleration is performed.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU  0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7326@LWHP DQG
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH KROG WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH SRVLWLRQ \RX
ZDQW WR FKDQJH DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa IRURQHVHFRQG
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
Note: When using the acceleration function,
operation position is reset to the initial value.)
since the needle stroke is large, adjust your
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG settings so there is no binding of your linkage.
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Ɣ(QJLQHFXWVHWWLQJ
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKSRLQW
* Operation linked with the throttle hold function, throttle cut
Ɣ1HHGOHKLJKWULPVHWWLQJ function, and idle down function is possible. The throttle cut
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH QHHGOH KLJK WULP position can be adjusted accordingly. Set it to the full closed
VHOHFWLRQ LWHP DQG DFFHVV WKH VZLWFK VHWXS position.
VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571 EXWWRQ 6HOHFW  0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH WKURWWOH FXW RU LGOH
WKHQHHGOHKLJKWULPOHYHU GRZQ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
)RUDGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH>6ZLWFK VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.  $GMXVW WKH VHUYR SRVLWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 75,0 UDWH LWHP DQG WRXFKVHQVRU
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD  ,QLWLDOYDOXH7+5&87,'/('2:1
LQSXWPRGH  $GMXVWPHQW UDQJH 7+5 &87 a ,'/(
 $GMXVW WKH WULP UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK '2:1a
VHQVRU *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH reset to the initial value.)
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
114 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>
MODEL MENU (AIRPLANE/GLIDER FUNCTIONS)
The dedicated mixes, etc. that are applicable position, use the Condition Select function to add
when an airplane or glider model type is selected flight conditions. (Up to five conditions can be
are displayed in this Model menu functions used)
section. Prior to adjusting any of these mixes, etc. Note: The T14SG is designed so that the airplane
use the Model Type function in the Linkage menu and glider model types can utilize aircraft of the
to select the model type, wing type, and tail type same wing type.
matched to the aircraft. Other settings reset the The functions common to airplanes and gliders, with
data used in mixing function, etc. the exception of some dedicated functions, are
written without regard to the model type.
For glider, many dedicated mixes can be set While there may be differences, depending on the
for each flight condition, as required. To switch number of servos, etc. the wing type used, etc. the
the settings for each condition by switch or stick setup screens in the instruction manual are typical
examples.

ŏ $FFHVV WKH PRGHO PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\ *The Model menu screen depends on
touching the MDL button twice at the home the model type.
screen, etc.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJ
menu by touching the cursor
RTN button. Or a HOME/
EXIT button is pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ


you want to set and
access the setup
screen by touching
the RTN button.

Model Menu functions list


PITCH CURVE UDWHLQEXWWHUÀ\PL[LQJFDQEHDGMXVWHG
Compatible with VPP (Variable Pitch Propeller) [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more]
function. [Airplane, general] FLAP SETTING
THR CURVE 7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDSFDQEHDGMXVWHG
THR curve function adjusts the throttle operation independently for each servo according to the wing
curve for optimum engine speed to throttle stick W\SH>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@
movement. [Airplane/glider, general] AIL to CAMB.FLP
THR DELAY 7KLVPL[RSHUDWHVWKHFDPEHUÀDSVLQWKHDLOHURQ
THR-DELAY function is used to slow the mode. It improves the roll axis characteristics.
response of the throttle stick to simulate the slow >$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVÀDSVRUPRUH@
response of a turbine engine, etc. [Airplane, AIL to BRKFLP
general]
7KLVPL[RSHUDWHVWKHEUDNHÀDSVLQWKHDLOHURQ
AIL DIFFERENTIAL mode. It improves the roll axis characteristics.
The left and right aileron differential can be >*OLGHUÀDSV@
adjusted independently. For glider, the differential
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 115
AIL to RUD This function is used when airbrakes are
This mix is used when you want to coordinate necessary when landing or when diving, etc. during
the rudder with aileron operation for banking at ÀLJKW $LUSODQHDLOHURQVRUPRUH
shallow angles. [Airplane/glider, general] GYRO
RUD to AIL This is a dedicated mix when a GYA Series gyro
This function is used when you want to mix is used. [Airplane/glider, general]
the ailerons with rudder input. Rudder is applied V-TAIL
GXULQJUROOLQJPDQHXYHUVVXFKDVNQLIHHGJHÀLJKW
This function incorporates the elevators and
[Airplane/glider, general]
rudder input for use with V-tail models. [Airplane/
CAMBER MIX JOLGHU9WDLOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV@
This mix adjusts the camber and corrects the AILEVATOR (DUAL ELEVATOR)
elevators. [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more] This function adjusts the elevators and ailerons
ELE to CAMBER of models with elevator specifications. [Airplane/
This mix is used when you want to the mix JOLGHUDLOHYDWRUVSHFL¿FDWLRQV@
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRUWRLQFUHDVHWKHOLIWRIWKH WINGLET
model. [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more] This function adjusts the left and right rudders
CAMB.FLP to ELE of winglet models. [Airplane/glider, winglet
This mix is used to correct for changes in attitude VSHFL¿FDWLRQV@
when the camber flaps are utilized. [Airplane/ MOTOR
JOLGHUDLOHURQVÀDSRUPRUH@ This function adjusts the operation speed when
BUTTERFLY (Crow) the motor of an F5B or other such EP glider is
This function is used to quickly slow the aircraft started by a switch. [Airplane/glider, general]
and/or reduce the altitude. [Glider, 2 ailerons or RUD to ELE
PRUH )O\LQJDLOHURQVÀDSRUPRUH @ This function is used to correct rolling maneuvers
TRIM MIX VXFKDVNQLIHHGJHÀLJKW>$LUSODQHJHQHUDO@
7KHDLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVDQGÀDSVWULPRIIVHWUDWH SNAP ROLL
can be accessed by selecting a switch or condition This function selects the snap roll switch and
selection as desired. [Glider, 2 ailerons or more] adjusts the amount of servo input. Servo speed can
AIRBRAKE also be adjusted. [Airplane general]

116 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
PIT CURVE
This function adjusts the pitch curve for VPP
(Variable Pitch Propeller) airplane.
*Up to 3 conditions can be set.
7KHSULRULW\LQFUHDVHVLQFRQGLWLRQĺĺRUGHU

ŏ6HOHFW>3,7&859(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX NOTE: When VPP is not assigned to any


and access the setup screen shown channel, the pitch curve is not displayed in
below by touching the RTN button. the model menu. In this case, assign VPP to
any channel on the function screen.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ&XUYHUDWH ŏ&XUYHSRLQW

Setting method button to switch to the data input mode.


 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
Ɣ933FRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
1. Move the cursor to the # button at the top  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
right side of the screen and touch the RTN
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
button to switch to the data input mode.
reset to the initial value.
 6HOHFW WKH 933 FRQGLWLRQ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
touch sensor.  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
*The display blinks.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
Touch the RTN button to call the setting
screen and return to the cursor mode. >0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
2. Move the cursor to the switch item and 1. Move the cursor to the curve point setting
touch the RTN button to access the selection LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
screen. Select the switch and set its ON button to switch to the data input mode.
direction.  $GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the sensor.
description at the back of this manual.  ,QLWLDO YDOXH 3   3  3  3
 6HWWKH933FRQGLWLRQDQGVZLWFK 3 
*The VPP conditions can also be checked in the HOME  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
screen. DGMRLQLQJSRLQW
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the curve
position is reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ >'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@ Move the cursor to the curve point setting
1. Move the cursor to the curve rate setting LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFK
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571 the RTN button for one second.

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 117


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
THR CURVE
This function adjusts the throttle curve for
optimum engine speed from throttle stick input.
*When throttle curve is set to ON when there is no throttle
function; this curve acts as the motor function.

ŏ6HOHFW>7+5&859(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX NOTE: If this throttle curve function is activated,


and access the setup screen shown you can not use the THR-EXP function within
below by touching the RTN button. the DUAL RATE function simultaneously.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ&XUYHUDWH ŏ&XUYHSRLQW

Setting method LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
button to switch to the data input mode.
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ  $GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK sensor.
the RTN button to switch to the data input  ,QLWLDO YDOXH 3   3  3  3
mode. 3 
Select the ON mode by scrolling the touch  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
sensor. DGMRLQLQJSRLQW
*The display blinks. *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the curve
Touch the RTN button to activate the position is reset to the initial value.)
function and return to the cursor mode.  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
1. Move the cursor to the curve rate setting >'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571 Move the cursor to the curve point setting
button to switch to the data input mode. LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFK
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU the RTN button for one second.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
1. Move the cursor to the curve point setting

118 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
THR DELAY
THR-DELAY function is used to slow the
response of the throttle stick to simulate the slow
response of a turbine engine, etc.
*This function is the same as THR of servo speed. If it sets up
in great numbers, it overlaps and a THR servo becomes late
further. Please do not let me overlap. Use either.

ŏ6HOHFW>7+5'(/$<@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

Setting method
Ɣ2SHUDWLRQVSHHG GHOD\ VHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >'(/$<@ LWHP DQG
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
input mode.
 $GMXVW WKH GHOD\ UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PD[LPXPGHOD\
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to activate the
function and return to the cursor mode.

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 119


AIL DIFF. >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH

The left and right aileron differential can be


adjusted independently.
)RUJOLGHUWKHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHLQEXWWHUÀ\PL[LQJ
can be adjusted.

ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ ',))@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX


and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button. *The display screen is an example. The actual
>$LUSODQH $) @ screen depends on the Model Type.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ$LOHURQOHIWULJKW
DGMXVWPHQW (Currently selected condition name)
>*OLGHU $) @

Setting method
Ɣ$LOHURQOHIWULJKWDGMXVWPHQW Ɣ$LOHURQGLIIHUHQWLDODGMXVWPHQWLQEXWWHUÀ\
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHDLOHURQ $,/ aOHIW RU mixing
ULJKW VHWWLQJLWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ  0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >%877(5)/< $'-867@
to switch to the data input mode. item and touch the RTN button to switch to
 $GMXVW WKH DLOHURQ DQJOHV E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH the data input mode.
touch sensor when the stick is moved to the  $GMXVW WKH GLIIHUHQWLDO UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
OHIW RUULJKW HQG touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.) reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode. and return to the cursor mode.

120 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH
FLAP SET.
7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDS FDPEHUÀDSV
FLP1/2, brake flaps: FLP3/4) can be adjusted
independently for each servo according to the
wing type.
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWRIHDFKÁDSFDQEH
offset
The camber flaps of a 4-flap model can
be mixed with the brake flaps. (BRKFLP to
CMBFLP)
ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
*The display screen is an example. The actual
ŏ 6HOHFW >)/$3 6(7@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS screen depends on the model type.
screen shown below by touching the RTN button.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ 8 S   ' R Z Q ŏ2SHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFH (Glider: Currently selected condition name)


DGMXVWPHQW point offset

Setting method  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa


*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the
Ɣ)ODSXSGRZQDGMXVWPHQW reference point is reset to the initial value.)
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IODS )/3  a 8S RU  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
Down item according to the wing type and and return to the cursor mode.
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
LQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHWUDYHOLQGHSHQGHQWO\ Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKH%UDNH)/3WR&DPEHU)/3PL[LQJ
by scrolling the touch sensor.  0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH the RTN button to switch to the data input
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.) *The display blinks.

 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW Touch the RTN button to activate the


and return to the cursor mode. IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HG
Ɣ5HIHUHQFHSRLQWDGMXVWPHQW To select a switch, move the cursor to the
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6(7@ LWHP DQG >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FDOO
touch the RTN button to switch to the data the selection screen. Select the switch and
LQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFH VHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
point of each flap by scrolling the touch *For a description of the switch selection method, see the
sensor. description at the back of this manual.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 121


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJ PRGHO W\SH@ $LUSODQHJOLGHU  DLOHURQV   IODSV RU
AIL to CMBFLP more

This mix operates the camber flaps (FLP1/2)


in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick
is manipulated, the ailerons and camber flaps
perform aileron operation simultaneously to
VLJQL¿FDQWO\LPSURYHWKHUROOD[LV
ŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWULJKWPL[LQJUDWHRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR
FDQEHLQGHSHQGHQWO\DGMXVWHG
ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
ŏ/LQNLQJLVSRVVLEOH/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV

*The display screen is an example. The actual


screen depends on the model type.
ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ WR &0%)/3@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN (Glider: Currently selected condition name)
button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIHDFK
ÁDSVHUYR

Setting method independently by scrolling the touch sensor.


 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
the RTN button to switch to the data input reset to the initial value.)
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the Ɣ/LQNPRGHVHWWLQJ
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21 When linking a mix, move the cursor to the
LVGLVSOD\HG >/,1.@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
When selecting a switch, move the cursor to switch to the data input mode. Select the
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR ON mode by scrolling the touch sensor.
call the selection screen. Select the switch *The display blinks.
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ Touch the RTN button to set the link mode
and return to the cursor mode.
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.

Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IODS )/3  a OHIW
or right item according to the wing type
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH

122 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHUÁDSV
AIL to BRAKEFLP

This mix operates the brake flaps (FLP3/4)


in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick is
PDQLSXODWHGWKHDLOHURQDQGEUDNHÀDSVSHUIRUP
the aileron operation simultaneously and the roll
axis is improved.
ŏ 7KH DLOHURQ OHIW DQG ULJKW PL[LQJ UDWHV FDQ EH
DGMXVWHGVHSDUDWHO\IRUHDFKÁDSVHUYR
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
*The display screen is an example. The actual
screen depends on the model type.
ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ WR %5.)/3@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN (Currently selected condition name)
button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIHDFK
ÁDSVHUYR

Setting method sensor.


 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
the RTN button to switch to the data input reset to the initial value.)
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to activate the Ɣ/LQNPRGHVHWWLQJ
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21 To activate the mixing, move the cursor to
LVGLVSOD\HG WKH>/,1.@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR
When setting a switch, move the cursor to switch to the data input mode. Select the
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ ON mode by scrolling the touch sensor.
to access the selection screen. Select the *The display blinks.
VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21
DWVHWWLQJ Touch the RTN button to set the link mode
and return to the cursor mode.
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.

Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IODS )/3  a OHIW RU
right item and touch the RTN button to switch
WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ
rate independently by scrolling the touch

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 123


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
AIL to RUD
Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders
with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft to
bank at a steep angle.
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\ D
VZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG

ŏ  6 H O H F W  > $ , /  W R  5 8 ' @  D W  W K H
Model menu and access the
setup screen shown below by
touching the RTN button.
(Glider: Currently selected condition name)

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

*The display screen is an example.


The actual screen depends on the
model type.

Setting method Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW


Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ Move the cursor to the left or right item
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
the RTN button to switch to the data input independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
touch sensor.
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*The display blinks.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
Touch the RTN button to activate the reset to the initial value.)
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HG  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
When selecting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.

124 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
RUD to AIL
This function is used when you want to mix
the ailerons with rudder input. It is used when
rudder is applied during roll maneuvers such
as, knife edge flight. It can be used to turn or
bank scale models, large models, etc. like a full-
size aircraft.
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQDOVREHDGMXVWHG
ŏ$SRLQWFXUYHFDQEHVHWDWDLUSODQHPRGHOW\SH

ŏ 6HOHFW >58' WR $,/@ DW WKH 0RGHO


menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN (Glider: Currently selected condition name)
button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

*The display screen is an example.


The actual screen depends on the
model type.

Setting method Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW JOLGHU


Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ Move the cursor to the left or right item
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
the RTN button to switch to the data input independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
touch sensor.
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*The display blinks.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
Touch the RTN button to activate the reset to the initial value.)
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HG  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
When setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR Ɣ/LQNPRGHVHWWLQJ
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW  To activate the link mixing, move the cursor
VHWWLQJ WRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
to switch to the data input mode. Select the
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the ON mode by scrolling the touch sensor.
description at the back of this manual.
*The display blinks.
Touch the RTN button to set the link mode
and return to the cursor mode.

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 125


ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ DLUSODQH

>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
1. Move the cursor to the curve rate setting
LWHP OHIWVLGH \RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
1. Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
button to switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
sensor.
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the curve
position is reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
2. Repeat this procedure for each point.

>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFK
the RTN button for one second.

126 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
CAMBER MIX
*Initial setting assigns camber operation to side lever LS.
This function adjusts the rate of camber ŏ 7KH XSGRZQ UDWHV RI WKH DLOHURQ IODS DQG
operation for the wing camber (ailerons, camber HOHYDWRUVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHG:KHQWKHPL[LQJ
flaps, brake flaps) in the negative and positive GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH OLQNDJH DGMXVWPHQWV
can be made by changing the mixing rate
directions. The aileron, flap, and elevator rates
SRODULW\ RU 
can also be adjusted independently and attitude ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
changes caused by camber operation can be VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
corrected. ŏ$FRQGLWLRQGHOD\FDQEHVHW$FXWVZLWFKZKLFK
FDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQEHVHW
ŏ 6HOHFW >&$0%(5 0,;@ DW WKH 0RGHO
menu and access the setup screen *The display screen is an example. The actual
shown below by touching the RTN screen depends on the model type.
button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\ ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\
setting cut switch

(Glider: Currently selected


condition name)

ŏ$LOHURQUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW

ŏ)ODSUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW

ŏ(OHYDWRUUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 127


Setting method When setting a cut switch, move the cursor
WR WKH >&876:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ button to access the selection screen. Select
WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
21DWVHWWLQJ
the RTN button to switch to the data input
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH *For a description of the switch selection method, see the
touch sensor. description at the back of this manual.
*The display blinks. Ɣ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
Touch the RTN button to activate the  7KH UDWHV DUH DGMXVWHG E\ DFFHVVLQJ WKH
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21 DLOHURQÁDSDQGHOHYDWRUUDWHVFUHHQV
LVGLVSOD\HG
Move the cursor to the rate1 or rate2
When setting a switch, move the cursor to item and touch the RTN button to switch
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH UDWH
call the selection screen. Select the switch independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
description at the back of this manual. *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Ɣ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJ
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&21''(/$<@ LWHP and return to the cursor mode.
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHFRQGLWLRQGHOD\
by scrolling the touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

128 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
ELE to CAMBER ŏ,QÁLJKWPL[LQJFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\DVVLJQLQJ
This function is used when you want to mix the WKLVWRDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ 7KH SRLQW WKDW KDV OLWWOH HIIHFW QHDU WKH QHXWUDO
the flaps are lowered by up elevator, and lift is SRVLWLRQ RI WKH HOHYDWRU VWLFN FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
increased. *OLGHURQO\
1RWH7KHHOHYDWRURQWKHWDLOOHVVZLQJZLOODOVR
ŏ6HOHFW>(/(WR&$0%(5@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown below EHHIIHFWHGZKHQWKLVPL[LVDFWLYDWHG
by touching the RTN button. (Glider: Currently selected condition name)

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

*The display screen is an example.


The actual screen depends on the
model type.

Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the up or down mixing
rate item for each servo and touch the RTN
button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVW WKH UDWH LQGHSHQGHQWO\ E\ VFUROOLQJ
the touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

Setting method *For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
Ɣ5DQJHVHWWLQJ *OLGHURQO\
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input  0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >5$1*(@ LWHP DQG
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH hold the elevator stick to the desired position
touch sensor. XSSHURUORZHUVLGH DQGWKHQWRXFKWKH571
button for one second to set the range.
*The display blinks.
*The mixing does not work near neutral of the elevator stick.
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
LVGLVSOD\HG  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
When setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 129
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU
CMBFLP to ELE DLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH

When the camber/speed flaps are utilized,


the aircraft might experience, a change in pitch.
This mix compensates for such changes by
incorporating elevator input.
ŏ 7KH HOHYDWRU VHUYRV XSGRZQ UDWHV FDQ EH
DGMXVWHG VHSDUDWHO\ ,I WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV
UHYHUVHGFKDQJHWKHPL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\ RU² 
ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ

ŏ 6HOHFW >&0%)/3 WR (/(@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG


access the setup screen shown below by touching
the RTN button. (Glider: Currently selected condition name)

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

*The display screen is an


ŏ ( O H Y D W R U  U D W H example. The actual screen
DGMXVWPHQW depends on the model type.

Setting method Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW


Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ  0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH5$7(RU5$7(LWHP
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
the RTN button to switch to the data input independently by scrolling the touch sensor.
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
touch sensor.
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*The display blinks.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
Touch the RTN button to activate the reset to the initial value.)
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HG  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.
When setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.

130 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHU1RUPDODLOHURQVRUPRUH
BUTTERFLY )O\LQJDLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH

This function is utilized to quickly slow the & UHDWH PRUH OLIW WRZDUG WKH FHQWHU RI WKH
aircraft and reduce altitude by simultaneously ZLQJDOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG
raising the left and right ailerons and lowering the ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ÀDSV FDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDS 
ŏ 7KH SRLQW DW ZKLFK WKH EXWWHUIO\ RSHUDWLRQ
Butterfly (Crow) produces an extremely reference point can be offset.
HI¿FLHQWODQGLQJFRQ¿JXUDWLRQE\DFFRPSOLVKLQJ ŏ 7KH RSHUDWLRQDO VSHHG RI WKH DLOHURQV DQG IODSV
the following: FDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
1. Slow the aircraft’s velocity.
*For a description of the setting method, see the aileron
3URYLGH ZDVKRXW DW WKH ZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH differential function.
the tendency to tip stall.

ŏ6HOHFW>%877(5)/<@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX *The display screen is an example. The actual


and access the setup screen shown screen depends on the model type.
below by touching the RTN button.
(Currently selected condition name)

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ$LOHURQÁDSUDWH
DGMXVWPHQW

ŏ(OHYDWRUDGMXVWPHQW

ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ

ŏ%XWWHUÁ\RSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQW

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 131


Setting method Ɣ(OHYDWRUFRPSHQVDWLRQFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
2XWSXW < 3RVLWLRQ ;
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
Offset point )L[HG  )L[HG RIIVHW
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK SRVLWLRQ
the RTN button to switch to the data input ,QWHUPHGLDWHSRLQW Settable Settable
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH (QGSRLQW Settable )L[HG
touch sensor.
* The range where mixing does not work close to the neutral
*The display blinks.
position of the elevator stick can be adjusted. (Glider only)
Touch the RTN button to activate the
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HG
When setting a switch, move the cursor to
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW 
VHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.

Ɣ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
*When offset is set, the curve is initialized.
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap or
elevator rate item and touch the RTN button Ɣ5HIHUHQFHSRLQWDGMXVWPHQW
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH  0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6(7@ LWHP DQG
rate independently by scrolling the touch hold the airbrake stick to the desired position
sensor. and then touch the RTN button for one
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH second to set the butterfly operational
 $GMXVWPHQW UDQJH a (OHYDWRU reference point.
a  ,QLWLDOYDOXH XSSHUVLGH
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
reset to the initial value.)
Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode. Move the cursor to the aileron, flap or
elevator speed item and touch the RTN
button to switch to the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PD[LPXPGHOD\
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to activate the
function and return to the cursor mode.

132 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
TRIM MIX
This function adjusts the trim offset rates of the smooth transition between the two conditions. It
DLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVDQGÀDSV FDPEHUÀDSVEUDNH is also possible to program a cut switch which
ÀDSV DFFRUGLQJWRWKHÀLJKWVWDWXV will turn off the delay.
As an example this function can be set up for Furthermore, you can set the auto switch, which
ODXQFKLQJZLWKVSHHGÀDSVDQGDLOHURQVGURRSHG will link the trim mix to a stick, switch, or dial.
and a slight amount of up elevator, and can be Additionally, the speed of the aileron, elevator,
XVHGIRUKLJKVSHHGÀ\LQJZLWKERWKDLOHURQVDQG DQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
speed flaps reflexed slightly, and a bit of down
elevator.
To prevent sudden trim changes when switching
ÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDGHOD\FDQEHVHWWRSURYLGHD
*The display screen is an example. The actual
ŏ 6HOHFW >75,0 0,;@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX screen depends on the model type.
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button. (Currently selected condition name)

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ  $ L O H U R Q V   I O D S V   D Q G
elevators offset rate

ŏ 6 Z L W F K
selection

ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\ ŏ $LOHURQV IODSV DQG


setting elevators servo speed
setting

ŏ$XWRVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 133


Setting method  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the servo
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK operation position is reset to the initial value.)
the RTN button to switch to the data input  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH and return to the cursor mode.
touch sensor.
When setting a cut switch, move the cursor
*The display blinks.
WR WKH >&876:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
Touch the RTN button to activate the button to access the selection screen. Select
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21 WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V
LVGLVSOD\HG 21DWVHWWLQJ
When setting a switch, move the cursor to *For a description of the switch selection method, see the
the switch item and touch the RTN button description at the back of this manual.
to access the selection screen. Select the
VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
DWVHWWLQJ Move the cursor to the aileron, flap or
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the elevator speed item and touch the RTN
description at the back of this manual. button to switch to the data input mode.
Ɣ7ULPRIIVHWUDWHDGMXVWPHQW  $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap or
elevator rate item and touch the RTN button  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PD[LPXPGHOD\
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
rate independently by scrolling the touch reset to the initial value.)
sensor. Touch the RTN button to activate the
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH function and return to the cursor mode.
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa Ɣ$XWRVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.) When selecting an auto switch, move the
FXUVRUWRWKH>$8726:@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW RTN button to access the selection screen.
and return to the cursor mode. Select the switch and set its ON direction.
Ɣ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJ $OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&21''(/$<@ LWHP description at the back of this manual.
and touch the RTN button to switch to the
GDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHFRQGLWLRQGHOD\
by scrolling the touch sensor.

134 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHDLOHURQVRUPRUH
AIRBRAKE

This function is used to increase the aircraft's 6HWWLQJH[DPSOHIRU)$DQGRWKHUÀDSHURQVSHFL¿FDWLRQV


drag and is useful for landing or diving, etc. :KHQDLOHURQVPRGHOW\SHVHOHFWHG
The preset elevators and flaps (camber flap, Offset rate:
brake flap) offset amount can be activated by a  $,/>a@$,/>a@(/(>a@
switch. Note: The input numerics are examples. Adjust the travel to
match the aircraft.
The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, and
Mode setting:
flap servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the
 $&7>21@
VSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQ  6ZLWFK>6:&@
be adjusted. If the Auto Mode is activated, this  $8726:>@
will link the Airbrake to a stick, switch, or dial. A
separate stick switch or dial can also be set as the
ON/OFF switch.

*The display screen is an example. The


ŏ6HOHFW>$,5%5$.(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
actual screen depends on the model type.
the setup screen shown below by touching the
RTN button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ  $ L O H U R Q V   I O D S V   D Q G
elevators offset rate

ŏ 6 Z L W F K
selection
ŏ $LOHURQV IODSV DQG
elevators servo speed
setting

ŏ$XWRVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 135


Setting method Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ Move the cursor to the aileron, flap or
elevator speed item and touch the RTN
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK button to switch to the data input mode.
the RTN button to switch to the data input  $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
*The display blinks.  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PD[LPXPGHOD\
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
Touch the RTN button to activate the
reset to the initial value.)
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21
LVGLVSOD\HG Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
When setting a switch, move the cursor to mode.
the switch item and touch the RTN button Ɣ$XWRVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
to access the selection screen. Select the
VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 When setting a auto switch, move the cursor
DWVHWWLQJ WR WKH >$8726:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the button to access the selection screen. Select
description at the back of this manual. WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V
21DWVHWWLQJ
Ɣ2IIVHWUDWHDGMXVWPHQW *For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
Move the cursor to the aileron, flap or
elevator rate item and touch the RTN button
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH
rate independently by scrolling the touch
sensor.
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

136 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
GYRO
This function is used when a GYA Series gyro Note: This setting does not assign a sensitivity
is used to stabilize the aircraft's attitude. The channel. To do so, use the Linkage menu
prior to assigning the sensitivity channel
sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/
(Gyro/Gyro2/Gyro3), be sure to select an
AVCS mode) can be changed via a switch. unused channel.
ŏ 7KUHH UDWHV 5DWH 5DWH 5DWH   FDQ EH
switched.
Set the [Control] and [Trim] settings other than
ŏ 8S WR  D[HV *\UR*\UR *\UR   FDQ EH
Function to [--].
simultaneously controlled.

ŏ6HOHFW>*<52@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQG
access the setup screen shown below
by touching the RTN button.
>5DWHVHWXSVFUHHQ@ (Active rate # display)

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ 5 D W H     V H W X S ŏ $&7,1+ ŏ 7KH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH $9&6125 


screen selection ŏ 6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ and sensitivity of the three axis
>5DWHVHWXSVFUHHQ@ *\UR*\UR*\URFDQEHVHW
ŏ * \ U R  W \ S H
selection

>5DWHVHWXSVFUHHQ@

Setting method Touch the RTN button to change the setup


*Prior to using the Function menu in the Linkage menu to screen and return to the cursor mode.
assign the sensitivity channel (Gyro/Gyro2/Gyro3) select an Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
unused channel.
Set [Control] and [Trim] other than function to [--].
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>,1+@LWHPDQGWRXFK
the RTN button to switch to the data input
Ɣ5DWHVHWXSVFUHHQVHOHFWLRQ PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH
touch sensor.
Move the cursor to the setup screen selection
*The display blinks.
item and touch the RTN button to switch
to the data input mode. Select the setup Touch the RTN button to activate the
screen # by scrolling the touch sensor. function and return to the cursor mode.
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 137
When setting a rate selection switch, move selection item and touch the RTN button
the cursor to the switch item and touch the to switch to the data input mode. Select
RTN button to access the selection screen. the operation mode by scrolling the touch
Select the switch and set its ON direction. sensor.
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ  >$9&6@$9&6PRGH
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the  >1250@1RUPDOPRGH
description at the back of this manual.
Touch the RTN button to change the
Ɣ*\URW\SHVHOHFWLRQ operation mode and return to the cursor
mode.
Move the cursor to the gyro type selection
item and touch the RTN button to switch to Ɣ6HQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJ
the data input mode. Select the gyro type
by scrolling the touch sensor. Move the cursor to the sensitivity icon and
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
 >*<@:KHQD)XWDED*<$J\URLVXVHG input mode.
 >1250@ :KHQ XVLQJ VRPHWKLQJ RWKHU WKDQ  $GMXVW WKH  VHQVLWLYLW\ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
)XWDED*<$J\URLVXVHG sensor.
Touch the RTN button to change the gyro  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
type and return to the cursor mode.
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When a Futaba GYA gyro is used and [GY] type is selected,
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the
the sensitivity set value is directly read in both the AVCS
sensitivity is reset to the initial value.)
and NORM modes.
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
Ɣ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ *<$J\UR mode.
Move the cursor to the operation mode

([DPSOH 6HWWLQJWKUHHD[LVXVLQJD*<$DQG*<$ 
ŏ:LQJW\SH$LOHURQVHUYRVPRXQWHGIXVHODJHVHOHFWHG
ŏ6HW  *<$$,/   *<$(/(   *<$58' 
DWWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJHPHQX
ŏ*<52VHWWLQJRIWKH0RGHOPHQX

*Set so that Rate 1 is turned on at the back position of switch E and Rate 3 is turned ON at the front position. Since
switch E is turned OFF at the center, Rate 2 remains [INH].

:KHQD6%86SRUWLV
XVHG56%&+0RGH
LVVHWWR0RGH%>'@

138 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU9WDLO
V-TAIL
This function enables adjustments for left and
right rudder angle changes during elevator and
rudder operation of a V-tail airplane.
V-tail is when two servos are used together to
control rudder movement as elevators. In addition
to each elevator side moving up and down together,
each side moves in opposite directions when moving
as rudders. On a V-tail, this is also known as a
Ruddervator, as they serve the same purpose.

ŏ6HOHFW>97$,/@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQG
access the setup screen shown below
by touching the RTN button.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

(OHYDWRUIXQFWLRQ 5XGGHUIXQFWLRQ
 8SDQGGRZQWUDYHODGMXVWPHQWRI Left and right travel
elevator operation D G M X V W P H Q W  R I  U X G G H U
operation

Setting method
Ɣ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the item you want to
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.
*If the mixing direction is reversed, adjustments can be made
by changing the mixing rate polarity (+ or -).
*If a large value of travel is specified, when the sticks are
moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out of
travel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs.

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 139


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU$LOHYDWRU
AILEVATOR (Effective only when 2 servos used at the elevators)

This function improves the performance of the roll


axis by operating the elevators as ailerons.
Ailevator is where each elevator in a standard
(conventional) or v-tail moves independently, like
ailerons on a wing. In addition to each elevator side
moving up and down together, each side moves in
opposite directions when moving as an Ailevator. On
a V-tail, this is also known as a Ruddervator, as they
can serve the same purpose. Typically, both Ailevator
and ailerons are coupled together to maximize roll
performance, especially on larger wingspan planes.

1RWH6HOHFW$LOHYDWRUDVWKH0RGHO7\SHDWWKH0RGHO
7\SHVFUHHQ7KLVFKDQJHVWKHRXWSXWFKDQQHO&KHFN
WKH)XQFWLRQPHQX

ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/(9$725@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX


and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

(OHYDWRUIXQFWLRQ $LOHURQIXQFWLRQ
ŏ 7KH XS DQG GRZQ UDWH RI ERWK ŏ :KHQ WKH HOHYDWRUV DUH XVHG
elevators when the elevator stick as ailerons, aileron travel of
is moved can be individually the left and right elevators
DGMXVWHG FDQEHDGMXVWHG

Setting method *If the mixing direction is reversed, adjustments can be made
by changing the mixing rate polarity (+ or -).
Ɣ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW *If a large value of travel is specified, when the sticks are
Move the cursor to the item you want to moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out of
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR travel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs.
the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH(/($,/
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.

140 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU)O\LQJZLQJRQO\
WINGLET
This function adjusts the left and right rudder
angles of airplanes with winglets.
Winglets are used to improve the efficiency of
aircraft by lowering the lift-induced drag caused by
wingtip vortices. The winglet is a vertical or angled
extension located at the tip of each wing.
Winglets work by increasing the effective aspect
ratio wing without adding greatly to the structural
stress and hence necessary weight of its structure
- an extension of wing span would also permit
lowering of induced drag, though it would cause
parasitic drag and would require boosting the
strength of the wing and hence its weight. There
would come a point at which no overall useful
gains would be made. A winglet helps to solve this
by effectively increasing the aspect ratio without
adding to the span of the wing.

ŏ 6HOHFW >:,1*/(7@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX


and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

5XGGHU
Setting method ŏ7KHWUDYHOGXULQJUXGGHUVWLFNRSHUDWLRQ
FDQEHLQGLYLGXDOO\DGMXVWHG
Ɣ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the item you want to
DGMXVWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
the data input mode.
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.
*If the mixing direction is reversed, change the mixing rate
polarity (+ or -).

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 141


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
MOTOR
This function lets you set the speed when the WLPHRSHUDWLRQVHWWKH$&7,1+LWHPWR>,1+@DQG
motor of an F5B or other EP glider is started via WKHQUHVHWLWWR>21@
ŏ7KHPRWRUFKDQQHOLVFRQWUROOHGE\6:* *OLGHU
a switch. The operation speed can be set for two ,QLWLDO VHWWLQJ  :KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH VZLWFK RU VWLFN
ranges, slow speed flight and high speed flight ZKLFKFRQWUROVWKHPRWRUÀUVWFKDQJH)XQFWLRQRI
(Speed 1/Speed 2). This function can also be the Linkage menu.
operated as a safety function by programming it to ŏ,IWKH0RGHO7\SHVHOHFWHGLV$LUSODQHWKH02725
a switch. IXQFWLRQ LV FKDQJHG IURP ,1+ WR 21 DQG LW LV QRW
assigned to another channel, the changes from
ŏ 7KH ,Q VLGH DQG 2XW VLGH RSHUDWLQJ VSHHGV FDQ the throttle channel to the motor channel are
EHDGMXVWHGLQGHSHQGHQWO\LQUDQJHV 6SHHG
enabled.
6SHHG 
ŏ7KHERXQGDU\EHWZHHQWKHUDQJHVFDQEHVHW Note: Initial setting does not assign a motor
)URP6SHHGWR6SHHG channel according to the model type. Prior to
ŏ 7KH RSHUDWLRQDO VSHHG FDQ RQO\ EH DFWLYDWHG DW DVVLJQLQJWKHPRWRUFKDQQHOÀQGDQXQXVHG
WKH LQLWLDO RSHUDWLRQ +RZHYHU RSHUDWLRQ FDQ EH channel. Then, use the Function menu of the
UHSHDWHGE\VHWWLQJWKHVZLWFKWR2))EHIRUHWKH Linkage menu.
RSHUDWLRQLVÀQLVKHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWRQH Set [Control] to the switch you want to use
and [Trim] to [--].
Note: When using this function, always check
the initial operation with the propeller
ŏ 6HOHFW >02725@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX removed.
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

Setting method
7KH VFUHHQ JUDSK GLVSOD\ 2)) GLUHFWLRQ DOVR
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ changes.
When using this function, move the cursor to Note:
WKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ ŏ)LUVWGHFLGHWKHPRWRU2))GLUHFWLRQDQGWKHQ
to switch to the data input mode. Select the set the speed. When you want to reset the
>$&7@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFK motor OFF direction, also reset the speed.
the RTN button.
ŏ :H UHFRPPHQG WKDW 0RWRU 2)) EH VHW LQ
 :KHQVHOHFWLQJWKH212))VZLWFKPRYHWKH combination with F/S.
cursor to the switch item and touch the RTN
ŏ 6HW WKH EDVLF RSHUDWLRQ GLUHFWLRQ ZLWK WKH
button to access the selection screen. Select
Reverse function to match the ESC used.
WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V
21DWVHWWLQJ ŏ$OZD\VVHWWKH0RWRU2))SRVLWLRQ
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.

Ɣ0RWRURIISRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02725 2))@ LWHP
and touch the RTN button for one second
ZKHQWKHPRWRUIXQFWLRQVZLWFK 6*HWF LV
LQWKHPRWRU2))SRVLWLRQ\RXZDQWWRVHW7KH
direction of the motor switch is memorized.

142 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


Ɣ6WDUWVZLWFKIXQFWLRQ
ŏ212))GLUHFWLRQ :KHQ DFWLYH WKH 67$57 6: DOORZV WKH
PRWRU VVWDWHWRFKDQJHIURP2))WR217KH
ŏ 0RWRU IXQFWLRQ VZLWFK PRWRU LV 21 ZKHQ WKH PDLQ 6: DQG 67$57
current position 6:DUHWXUQHG21VLPXOWDQHRXVO\7KHPRWRU
Setting method FKDQJHV WR 2)) RQO\ ZKHQ WKH PDLQ 6: LV
WXUQHGRII,I67$576:LVWXUQHG2))EXWWKH
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPRWRUVSHHGIXQFWLRQ main SW is still ON, the motor remains ON.
When using motor speed function, move the [START SW function example]
FXUVRU WR WKH >,1+@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 When the throttle (motor) stick is assigned as the "START SW",
button to switch to the data input mode. and the low throttle position of the throttle curve is adjusted, the
6HOHFWWKH>$&7@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU motor starts operating with the initial stick movement. The motor
will not cease functionality even if the stick position is returned to
and touch the RTN button. it's lowest setting.
Ɣ6LIWLQJWKHERXQGDU\EHWZHHQWKHUDQJHV Ɣ7ULPHIIHFWLQYDOLGVHWWLQJLQPRWRU2))
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>63(('!@LWHPDQG ,I RQH RI WKH WULP OHYHUV LV DVVLJQHG WR WKH
touch the RTN button to switch to the data Motor function, it is possible to turn the
input mode. motor off with the trim lever. To maintain
 $GMXVWWKHERXQGDU\SRVLWLRQE\VFUROOLQJWKH FRPSDWLELOLW\ DIWHU XSGDWLQJ WKH 76*6
touch sensor. WKHWULPVHWWLQJLVDGMXVWHGWRWKHRQSRVLWLRQ
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH +RZHYHULWLVVXJJHVWHGWRUHWXUQLWWRWKHRII
position accordingly in the programming of
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa the transmitter.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
*Data Reset will return the trim setting to the off position.
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor Ɣ6FUHHQDWWKHWLPHRIWKHPRWRU2))VHWWLQJ
mode. :KHQ WKH 02725 2)) VHWWLQJ LV KLJKOLJKWHG
Ɣ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGDGMXVWPHQW you will note the presence of the small cursor
WKDW LQGLFDWHV WKH 02725 2)) SRVLWLRQ  7R
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>,1@ RQWRRII RU>287@ DGMXVW WKLV 02725 2)) SRVLWLRQ XVH WKH
RIIWRRQ LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR throttle stick to move the cursor accordingly.
switch to the data input mode. When satisfied with this position, press and
 $GMXVWWKHRSHUDWLRQVSHHG\RXZDQWWRVHW hold the RTN button on the transmitter.
by scrolling the touch sensor. *The larger cursor is used to indicate the output of the motor
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH FKDQQHO7KLVFXUVRUUHÀHFWVDQ\WKURWWOHFXUYHVDQGPRWRU
mixing which may be active.
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
Touch the RTN button to return to the cursor
mode.
Ɣ6HW5HVHWWKHRQHWLPHRSHUDWLRQ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>21(7,0(@LWHPDQG
touch the RTN button to switch to the data Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYHEXWWRQ
input mode.
 6HOHFWWKH>$&7@E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU :KHQ &859( EXWWRQ LV FKRVHQ D WKURWWOH
and touch the RTN button to set the one time curve screen opens.
operation. *When a throttle function is assigned to either channel, the
* When you want to reset one time operation, set the ACT/ "CURVE" button is not displayed because a throttle curve
INH item to [INH] and then reset it to [ON]. does not function as a motor curve.

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 143


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
RUD to ELE

This function is used when you want to mix ŏ 0L[LQJ GXULQJ IOLJKW FDQ EH WXUQHG 212)) E\
elevator operation with rudder operation. It is used VHWWLQJDVZLWFK $OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ/LQNPL[LQJFDQEHVHW/LQNVWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
to correct undesirable tendencies when rudder is
applied in rolling maneuvers such as, knife edge
ÀLJKW

ŏ 6HOHFW >58' WR (/(@ DW WKH 0RGHO


menu and access the setup screen
shown below by touching the RTN
button.
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

Setting method 2. Repeat this procedure for each point.


>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
1. Move the cursor to the curve point setting
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFK LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571
the RTN button to switch to the data input button to switch to the data input mode.
PRGH6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKH  $GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
touch sensor. sensor.
*The display blinks.
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH
Touch the RTN button to activate the DGMRLQLQJSRLQW
IXQFWLRQDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH 21 *When the RTN button is touched for one second, the curve
LVGLVSOD\HG position is reset to the initial value.)
When selecting a switch, move the cursor to  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR and return to the cursor mode.
call the selection screen. Select the switch
DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW  2. Repeat this procedure for each point.
VHWWLQJ
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual. Move the cursor to the curve point setting
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFK
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ DLUSODQH the RTN button for one second.
>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@ Ɣ/LQNPRGHVHWWLQJ
1. Move the cursor to the curve rate setting When selecting the link mixing, move the
LWHP OHIWVLGH \RXZDQWWRDGMXVWDQGWRXFK FXUVRU WR WKH >/,1.@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
the RTN button to switch to the data input button to switch to the data input mode.
mode. Select the ON mode by scrolling the touch
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU sensor.
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa *The display blinks.
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is Touch the RTN button to set the link mode
reset to the initial value.) and return to the cursor mode.
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

144 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
SNAP ROLL
This function selects the switch and rate (Example) Setting example for F3A
adjustment of ailerons, elevators, and rudder when ŏ0RGH>0DVWHU@
a snap roll is performed.
ŏ6DIHW\6:>6*@ 6DIHW\PHDVXUH
ŏ )RXU VQDS UROO GLUHFWLRQV FDQ EH VHW 5LJKWXS
ŏ0DVWHU6:>6+@ 0DLQVZLWFKIRUH[HFXWLQJ
ULJKWGRZQOHIWXSOHIWGRZQ
VQDSUROO
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH:KHQ>0DVWHU@PRGHLVVHOHFWHG
ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV
WKH 6QDS 5ROO IXQFWLRQ LV WXUQHG 212)) E\ WKH
PDVWHU VZLWFK  ,W LV SRVVLEOH WR VHW WKH GLUHFWLRQ *The snap roll up side left and right and down side left and right
direction switches are selected here.
switch was switched to the direction in which you
ZDQWWRVQDSUROO:KHQ>6LQJOH@PRGHLVVHOHFWHG 5LJKW8S2))>6'@
the snap roll in each direction can be executed 5LJKW'RZQ2))>6'@
by means of independent switches and positions. /HIW8S2))>6$@
ŏ $ VDIHW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHW WR SUHYHQW WKH /HIW'RZQ2))>6$@
LQDGYHUWHQW DFWLYDWLRQ RI WKH VQDS UROO )RU
example, the landing gear is lowered, even if
the switch is turned on accidentally the snap roll
would not be executed. The snap roll switch is
DFWLYDWHGRQO\ZKHQWKHVDIHW\VZLWFKLV2))

ŏ6HOHFW>61$352//@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
and access the setup screen shown
below by touching the RTN button.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH Scrolling
and return to the Model ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
menu by touching the ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN button. Or the ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
HOME/EXIT button is
pushed.

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ 0DVWHUVLQJOH PRGH
selection

ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV

<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 145


Setting method
Ɣ0DVWHUVLQJOHPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQG
touch the RTN button to switch to the data
input mode. Select the master or single
mode by scrolling the touch sensor.
*The display blinks.
 >0$67(5@0DVWHUPRGH
 >6,1*/(@6LQJOHPRGH
Touch the RTN button to select the mode
and return to the cursor mode.
When setting a master switch, move the
FXUVRU WR WKH >0$67(56:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK
the RTN button to access the selection
screen. Select the switch and set its ON
direction.
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.
When setting a safety switch, move the
FXUVRUWRWKH>6$)(7<6:@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
RTN button to access the selection screen.
Select the switch and set its ON direction.
Ɣ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
Move the cursor to the direction switch item
and touch the RTN button to access the
selection screen. Select the switch and set its
ON direction.
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
description at the back of this manual.

Ɣ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
Move the cursor to the aileron, elevator or
rudder item for each direction and touch the
RTN button to switch to the data input mode.
$GMXVW WKH UDWH LQGHSHQGHQWO\ E\ VFUROOLQJ
the touch sensor.
 ,QLWLDO YDOXH 'HSHQGHQW XSRQ WKH VQDS UROO
GLUHFWLRQ
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
*When the RTN button is touched for one second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
and return to the cursor mode.

146 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>


MODEL MENU (HELICOPTER)
This section contains information on the Condition Select screen prior to adjusting the
commands that apply to helicopters only. For PRGHO VSDUDPHWHUV 8SWR¿YHFRQGLWLRQVFDQEH
instructions on Airplanes and Sailplanes, refer to used)
the sections pertaining to those aircraft. The Dual Rate function and other functions
Use the Model Type function in the Linkage FRPPRQ WR DOO PRGHO W\SHV KDYH DOUHDG\ EHHQ
Menu to select the swash type matched to the GHVFULEHGHOVHZKHUHLQWKLVPDQXDO3OHDVHUHIHUWR
respective aircraft. these respective sections for information on how to
Also, activate/deactivate flight conditions do so.
according to your model. To do so, access at the

ŏ $FFHVV WKH 0RGHO PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\


WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQWZLFHDWWKHKRPH
VFUHHQHWF

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ \RX


ZDQW WR VHW DQG DFFHVV
W K H  V H W X S  V F U H H Q  E \
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

Model Menu functions (helicopter) list

PIT CURVE:$GMXVWVSLWFKVHWWLQJVLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
THR CURVE:7KURWWOHFXUYHDQGKRYHULQJWULPDGMXVWPHQWLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
THR HOLD: Moves the throttle to idle during autorotation
SWASH MIX:&RPSHQVDWHVFRQWUROUHVSRQVHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
THROTTLE MIX: Compensates for power loss when cyclic applied
PIT to NEEDLE:$GMXVWVSLWFKUHVSRQVHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
PIT to RUD: Compensates torque changes from pitch angle inputs
GYRO: Used to switch gyro sensitivity
GOVERNOR:8VHGWRVZLWFK530RIWKHKHOLFRSWHU¶VKHDG

<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 147


PIT CURVE/PIT TRIM
Pitch Curve
This function adjusts the pitch operation curve $VLPSOHFXUYHFDQEHFUHDWHGE\UHGXFLQJWKHQXPEHURI
for each flight condition to optmize the model's LQSXWSRLQWVWRWZRRUWKUHHDQGWKHQHQWHULQJWKHVSHFL¿HG
performance in relationship to the throttle stick position. value at the corresponding points.

ŏ6HOHFW>3,7&859(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV (Currently selected condition name)


WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH
*The graph display includes the pitch
ŏFXUYHUDWH trim operation.
ŏFXUYHSRLQW
ŏ3LWFKFXUYHFRS\
Setting method
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH SRLQW VHWWLQJ
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFK
WKH571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG
>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH UDWH VHWWLQJ Ɣ3LWFKFXUYHFRS\IXQFWLRQ
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571  0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR&23<DQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU 6HOHFW WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ E\
 ,QLWLDO YDOXH 3  3  3  3 VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571
3 EXWWRQ 6HOHFW WKH ><(6@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa EXWWRQ
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
Normal curve adjustment
reset to the initial value.
)RU QRUPDO FXUYH FUHDWH D EDVLF SLWFK FXUYH FHQWHUHG
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DERXWKRYHULQJ8VHWKLVIXQFWLRQWRJHWKHUZLWKWKH7+5
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Curve (Normal) function and adjust the curve so that up/
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU HDFK SRLQW DV GRZQFRQWUROLVEHVWDWDFRQVWDQWHQJLQHVSHHG
GHVLUHG
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@ Idle up curve adjustment
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH SRLQW VHWWLQJ *For the high side pitch curve, set the maximum pitch
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571 so that it does not overload the engine. For the low side
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH pitch curve, create curves matched to loop, roll, 3D, and
other purposes and use the idle up curves according to the
 $GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
performance.
VHQVRU
 ,QLWLDO YDOXH 3   3  3  3 Throttle hold curve adjustment
3  *The throttle hold curve is used when executing auto
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH rotations.
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHFXUYH Operation precautions
position is reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW Warning
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU HDFK SRLQW DV When actually starting the engine and flying,
GHVLUHG always set the idle up condition switch to OFF
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@ and start the engine at idle.

148 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>


Curve setting examples
7KHVFUHHQVVKRZQEHORZDUHFXUYHVFUHDWHGE\ When actually creating a curve, input the rate
entering the pitch rate at low, center, and high side (3 VSHFL¿HGE\WKHPRGHO RUWKHUHIHUHQFHYDOXH 
points or 5 points) at each condition.

Ɣ3LWFK Curve ([ample


Normal Curve Idle-up 1 Curve Idle-up 2 Curve Hold Curve

Pitch Trim (Hovering pitch, high pitch, low pitch)

>+RYHULQJSLWFKWULPVHWWLQJ@

Hovering pitch trim Setting method


7KH+RYHULQJ3LWFKWULPIXQFWLRQWULPVWKHSLWFK ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7>21@ LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
near the hovering point. Normally, it is used with ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE
WKHKRYHULQJFRQGLWLRQ7KHKRYHULQJSLWFKFDQEH  6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH/' LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
¿QHWXQHGIRUFKDQJHVLQURWRUVSHHGDFFRPSDQ\LQJ ŏ 7KH WULP RSHUDWLRQ PRGH 0RGH &750
FKDQJHVLQWHPSHUDWXUHKXPLGLW\DQGRWKHUÀLJKW 1250 FDQEHVHOHFWHG
conditions. Adjust the hovering pitch so that  CTRM mode: 0D[LPXP DPRXQW RI FKDQJH
URWRUVSHHGLVFRQVWDQW7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQEHXVHG Q H D U  F H Q W H U  E \  F H Q W H U  W U L P  R S H U D W L R Q
WRJHWKHUZLWKWKH+RYHULQJ7KURWWOH7ULPIXQFWLRQ UHFRPPHQGHG
for more precise operation.  N O R M m o d e :  1 R U P D O  W U L P  S D U D O O H O
PRYHPHQW WULP  RSHUDWLRQ 7KH DGYDQWDJH
RIXVLQJWKLVPRGHLVWKDWWKHKRYHULQJSLWFK
FDQ EH DGMXVWHG ZLWKRXW FKDQJLQJ WKH
FXUYH
ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH 5DQJH VHWWLQJ
 :KHQWKLVYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPFDQRQO\
EHXVHGQHDUWKHFHQWHU

<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 149


>/RZ+LJKSLWFKWULPVHWWLQJ@

High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim Setting method


+LJK 3LWFK/RZ 3LWFK7ULP LV WKH SLWFK VHUYR ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7 21 
high side and low side trim function. ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQREV
 6HOHFWLRQ H[DPSOH /6 KLJK VLGH  56 ORZ
VLGH
ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
ŏ7ULPDFWVDVKLJKVLGHRUORZVLGHWULPZLWKWKH
FHQWHUDVWKHVWDQGDUG

150 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>


THR CURVE/THROTTLE HOVER TRIM
Throttle Curve
Throttle curve function adjusts the throttle accompanying changes in the temperature,
operation curve for each condition to optimize the KXPLGLW\ DQG RWKHU IOLJKW FRQGLWLRQV FDQ EH
engine speed to throttle stick movement. trimmed. Adjust the throttle so that rotor rotation is
7KH7KURWWOH +RYHU IXQFWLRQ WULPV WKH WKURWWOH PRVWVWDEOH0RUHSUHFLVHWULPPLQJLVDOVRSRVVLEOH
near the hovering point. Normally, use it with E\XVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQDORQJZLWKWKH+RYHU3LWFK
hovering conditions. Changes in rotor speed function.
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5&859(@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQG
DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ *The graph display includes the throttle
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ hover trim operation.

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏFXUYHUDWH ŏ7KURWWOHFXUYHFRS\
ŏFXUYHSRLQW
>'HOHWLQJUHWXUQLQJFXUYHSRLQW@
Setting method 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH SRLQW VHWWLQJ
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWHUHWXUQ DQG WRXFK
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ WKH571EXWWRQIRURQHVHFRQG
>&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJ@ Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYHFRS\IXQFWLRQ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH UDWH VHWWLQJ
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571  0RYH WKH &23< LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU 6HOHFW WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ E\
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH3333 VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571
3 EXWWRQ 6HOHFW WKH ><(6@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa EXWWRQ
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
Normal curve adjustment
reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW 1RUPDO FXUYH FUHDWHV D EDVLF FXUYH FHQWHUHG DURXQG
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH hovering. Use it along with the normal pitch curve and
5HSHDW WKLV SURFHGXUH IRU HDFK SRLQW DV adjust so that up/down control results in a constant engine
GHVLUHG speed.
>0RYLQJFXUYHSRLQW@ Idle up curve adjustment
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH SRLQW VHWWLQJ
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571 *Set a idle up curve that maintains a constant speed at all
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH times, even during operation which reduces the pitch
 $GMXVWWKHFXUYHSRLQWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK SHUIRUPHGLQÀLJKW&UHDWHDFXUYHPDWFKHGWRORRSUROO
VHQVRU 3D, or other purposes and the idle up curve according to
 ,QLWLDO YDOXH 3   3  3  3 the performance.
3 
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH8SWRLQIURQWRIWKH Operation precautions
DGMRLQLQJSRLQW
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHFXUYH Warning
position is reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW When actually starting the engine and flying,
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
always set the idle up condition switch to OFF
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKSRLQWDVGHVLUHG
and start the engine at the idle.
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 151
Curve setting examples
7KHFXUYHVVKRZQEHORZDUHFUHDWHGE\LQSXWWLQJ condition. When actually creating a curve, enter the
the data of the 5 points 0% (low side), 25%, SDUDPHWHUVVSHFL¿HGSHUWKHPRGHO RUWKHUHIHUHQFH
50% (center), 75%, 100% (high) side for each value).

Ɣ7KroWWle Curve ([ample


Normal Curve Idle-up 1 Curve Idle-up 2 Curve

Throttle Hover trim

>7KURWWOHKRYHUWULPVHWWLQJ@

Setting method
ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7 >21@  LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE
 6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH5' LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ 7KH WULP RSHUDWLRQ PRGH 0RGH &750
1250 FDQEHVHOHFWHG
 CTRM mode: 0D[LPXP UDWH RI FKDQJH
Q H D U  F H Q W H U  E \  F H Q W H U  W U L P  R S H U D W L R Q
UHFRPPHQGHG
 N O R M m o d e : 1 R U P D O  W U L P  K R U L ] R Q W D O
PRYHPHQWWULP RSHUDWLRQ
ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHVHW
ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH 5DQJH VHWWLQJ
 :LWK VPDOOHU YDOXHV WKH WULP LV RQO\ DFWLYH
QHDUWKHFHQWHU

152 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>


Throttle limiter function

This function limits the high range of the throttle >7KURWWOHOLPLWHUVHWWLQJ@


PRYHPHQWE\DQ\VOLGHURUWULPPHU
&RQWUROZKLFKDGMXVWVWKHOLPLWSRLQWGXULQJÀLJKWFDQEHVHW

Setting method ‡+LJKVLGHRSHUDWLQJUDQJHVHWWLQJ


*Set at the 3rd page of the throttle curve screen. 6HOHFW+,*+DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 $GMXVW WKH KLJK VLGH RSHUDWLQJ UDQJH E\
‡$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
6HOHFW$&7DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ *A gauge is displayed at the left side of the graph.
 6ZLWFK WKH GLVSOD\ WR $&7 E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHFXUVRU
WRXFKVHQVRU PRGH
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
‡/RZVLGHRSHUDWLQJUDQJHVHWWLQJ
 ,1+,QKLELW
6HOHFW/2:DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 $&7$FWLYDWH
 $GMXVW WKH ORZ VLGH RSHUDWLQJ UDQJH E\
 (QWHU WKH VHOHFWLRQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
EXWWRQ
*A gauge is displayed at the left side of the graph.
‡212))VZLWFKVHWWLQJ 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHFXUVRU
6HOHFW6:DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ PRGH
 7KH +: 6(7 VFUHHQ LV GLVSOD\HG 6HOHFW WKH ‡/LPLWHURSHUDWLQJUDQJHDGMXVWPHQWFRQWURO
KDUGZDUHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
setting
6HOHFW&75/DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 7KH +: 6(7 VFUHHQ LV GLVSOD\HG 6HOHFW WKH
KDUGZDUHDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
7KH WKURWWOH OLPLWHU RSHUDWLQJ SRVLWLRQ LV LQGLFDWHG E\ D
dotted line on the graph.
*When limiter operating range adjustment control is NULL,
6% the throttle limiter function is not performed.

‡&KDQJLQJWKHFRQWUROFHQWHUSRVLWLRQ
6HOHFW&(17(5DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQG&(17(5FKDQJHVIURP,1+WR´UDWH
GLVSOD\µ
 :KHQ WKH &(17(5 UDWH LV FKDQJHG WKH
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIWKHKDUGZDUHVHWDW&75/
FDQEHDGMXVWHG
:KHQ&(17(5LV,1+WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQEHFRPHVWKH
LOW intermediate value.
:KHQ&(17(5LVFKDQJHGIURP,1+WR³UDWHGLVSOD\´WKH
CENTER rate is set to the LOW intermediate value.
7KH&(17(5UDWHFDQEHVHWEHWZHHQ+,*+DQG/2:

<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 153


THR HOLD
This function sets the throttle cut position for Note: Initially, this setting does not assign the
auto rotation. The throttle servo operating speed throttle hold switch. Prior to adjusting the
FDQEHDGMXVWHG 6SHHG parameters for the throttle hold, we suggest
designating a throttle hold switch. To do so,
access the Condition menu within the Model
menu options.

ŏ6HOHFW>7+5+2/'@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX
DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ
EHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ6HUYRVSHHG ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQ
ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ ŏ&XUUHQWSRVLWLRQ

Setting method Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ


Ɣ+ROGFRQGLWLRQVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ  0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHVHUYRVSHHGLWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
 8VHWKH&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWPHQXRIWKH0RGHO LQSXWPRGH
PHQXWRDVVLJQWKHKROGFRQGLWLRQVZLWFK  $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH6*  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
Ɣ+ROGSRVLWLRQDGMXVWPHQW  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa PD[LPXPGHOD\
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH KROG SRVLWLRQ LWHP :KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH reset to the initial value.)
GDWDLQSXWPRGH  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU PRGH
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
+ROGSRVLWLRQVHWVWKHWKURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQ$GMXVWLWVRWKDW
WKHFDUEXUHWRULVFRPSOHWHO\FORVHG Operation precautions
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
reset to the initial value.)
Warning
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
When actually starting the engine and flying,
always set the idle up condition switch to OFF
and start the engine at idle.

154 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>


SWASH MIX Example of use
ŏ$VDQH[DPSOHXVHVZDVKPL[LQJWRFRUUHFW
XQGHVLUDEOHUROOWHQGHQFLHV
The swash mix function is used to correct the
swash plate in the aileron (roll) direction and ŏ)RUDFRQGLWLRQZKLFKXVHV$,/WR(/(VHWWKLV
IXQFWLRQWR21
elevator (cyclic pitch) corresponding to each
 ,IWKHIURQWRIWKHKHOLFRSWHUUDLVHVGXULQJD
operation of each condition. ULJKWUROOZKHQWKH5DWHVLGHLVLQSXWDQG
This function allows the independent rate WKH ULJKW DLOHURQ LV RSHUDWHG WKH HOHYDWRU
adjustments for the ailerons, elevator and pitch. PRYHVWRWKHGRZQVLGH7XQHE\DGMXVWLQJ
WKH5DWH
ŏ6HOHFW>6:$6+0,;@DWWKH0RGHOPHQX  )RUOHIWUROODGMXVWWRWKH5DWHVLGH
DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ (Currently selected condition name)
EHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

Setting method Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW


0L L W GM
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ  0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHPL[LQJUDWHLWHP\RX
ZDQW WR FRUUHFW DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
 :KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR UDWH LQGHSHQGHQWO\ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH VHQVRU
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
VHQVRU  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ reset to the initial value.
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH 21 LV  7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
GLVSOD\HG DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
 >6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ@ Ɣ7ULPPRGH212))VHWWLQJ
 :KHQ>>@@LVVHWWKHVZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQ
LV DOZD\V DFWLYH DQG RSHUDWHG E\ PHUHO\  :KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH WULP PRGH PRYH WKH
VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ FXUVRUWRWKH>75,0@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 :KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYHWKH
FXUVRU WR WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571  6HOHFW212))E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ 6HW
WKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21SRVLWLRQ  7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH WULP
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the PRGH 212)) DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO PRGH
*When mixing includes master side trim, select [ON] and
when mixing does not include master trim, select [OFF].
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 155
THROTTLE MIX Setting example
This function corrects slowing of engine speed ŏ $,/ WR 7+5 PL[LQJ FRXQWHUDFWV WKH ODJ LQ
FDXVHG E\ VZDVK SODWH RSHUDWLRQ GXULQJ DLOHURQ HQJLQH530 VZKHQDQDLOHURQLQSXWLVJLYHQ
or elevator operation. The method of applying WR WKH KHOLFRSWHU (QJLQH RYHUVSHHGLQJ
FDQ EH DGMXVWHG LQGHSHQGHQWO\ IRU WKH
clockwise or counterclockwise torque when ULJKWDLOHURQDQGOHIWDLOHURQLQSXWVXWLOL]LQJ
SLURXHWWLQJFDQDOVREHFRUUHFWHG 5DWHVDQG
ŏ 6HOHFW >7+5277/( 0,;@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG
DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJ (Currently selected condition name)
WKH571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ

Setting method
UDWH LQGHSHQGHQWO\ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ VHQVRU
 :KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR  ,QLWLDOYDOXH
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK reset to the initial value.)
VHQVRU
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH 21 LV Ɣ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHWWLQJ
GLVSOD\HG  0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQG
 >6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ@ WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 :KHQ>>@@LVVHWWKHVZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQ
LV DOZD\V DFWLYH DQG RSHUDWHG E\ PHUHO\  6HOHFW WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ WRXFKVHQVRU
 :KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYHWKH 7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
FXUVRU WR WKH >6:@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571  &750PRGH:&RUUHFWVQHDUWKHFHQWHURQO\
EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ 6HW WKH  /,1PRGH&RUUHFWVWKHFRPSOHWHUDQJH
VZLWFKDQGLWV21SRVLWLRQ
 7 R X F K  W K H  5 7 1  E X W W R Q  W R  F K D Q J H  W K H
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the
RSHUDWLRQ PRGH DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
PRGH
Ɣ0L[LQJUDWHDGMXVWPHQW
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHPL[LQJUDWHLWHP\RX
ZDQW WR FRUUHFW DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKH

156 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>


PIT to RUD mixing (Revolution mixing)
Use this mix when you want to suppress the Note: When a GY Series or other heading hold
UHDFWLRQWRUTXHJHQHUDWHGE\PDLQURWRUSLWFKDQG gyro is used, since correction is performed by
the gyro, this mix is not utilized. If this function
speed changes during pitch operation. Adjust so
is used when the gyro operation mode is the
that the nose does not move in the rudder direction. AVCS mode, the neutral position will change.

ŏ6HOHFW>3,7WR58'@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
(Currently selected condition name)
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH
571EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

Setting method <Normal condition mixing curve>


Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ  7KH PL[LQJ FXUYH UDWH VKRXOG EH VWDUWHG
XVLQJVPDOOHUYDOXHV
 :KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
 )RU D URWRU ZLWK D FORFNZLVH RSHUDWLRQ
WKH>$&7@LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWR
GLUHFWLRQZKHQSLWFKZDVLQSXWDWWKHSOXV
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
VLGH VHW WKHVH SDUDPHWHUV VR WKDW PL[LQJ
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK LV LQ WKH FORFNZLVH GLUHFWLRQ )LUVW WULP DW
VHQVRU KRYHULQJ DQG WKHQ DGMXVW WKH QHXWUDO
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV SRVLWLRQ
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ $GMXVWPHQWEHWZHHQVORZDQGKRYHULQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH 21 LV  5HSHDWHGO\ KRYHU IURP WDNH RII DQG ODQG
GLVSOD\HG DW D FRQVWDQW UDWH PDWFKHG WR \RXU RZQ
ƔSRLQWFXUYHVHWWLQJ UK\WKP 7KHQ DGMXVW WKH SLWFK VR WKDW WKH
QRVH RI WKH KHOLFRSWHU UHPDLQV VWHDG\
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FXUYH UDWH VHWWLQJ ZKHQWKHWKURWWOHLVUDLVHGDQGORZHUHG
LWHP \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG WRXFK WKH 571 7KURWWOHKLJKVLGH FOLPELQJDQGGLYLQJIURP
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH KRYHULQJ
 $GMXVWWKHUDWHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU  5HSHDW FOLPELQJ DQG GLYLQJ IURP KRYHULQJ
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH3a3 DW D FRQVWDQW UDWH PDWFKHG WR \RXU RZQ
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa UK\WKPDQGDGMXVWWKHSLWFKVRWKDWWKHQRVH
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV GRHV QRW GHIOHFW ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH LV UDLVHG
reset to the initial value.) DQGORZHUHG
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH <Idle up condition mixing curve>
 5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKSRLQW
 6HW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH VR WKDW WKH UXGGHU GLUHFWLRQ
Ɣ3LWFKFXUYHFRS\IXQFWLRQ DWKLJKVSHHGÁLJKWLVVWUDLJKWDKHDG$GMXVWIRU
HDFKFRQGLWLRQXVHG
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR&23<LWHPDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ E\
VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571
EXWWRQ 6HOHFW WKH ><(6@ DQG WRXFK WKH 571
EXWWRQ

<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 157


GYRO mixing
This function used to adjust gyro sensitivity. Note: When using the [Gyro2]/[Gyro3] function,
The sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/ assign [Gyro2]/[Gyro3] to any channel on the
$9&6PRGH FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ function screen.
Always set to [--] both (Control) and (Trim) for
7KHJ\URVHQVLWLYLW\FDQEHVZLWFKHGZLWKHDFK the [Gyro] function at the Function menu in
condition or the switch. (5 sensitivities) the Linkage menu.
&RPSDWLEOHZLWKD[LVJ\UR &*< 

ŏ6HOHFW>*<52@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVVWKH
VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH 571
EXWWRQ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ7KHHGLWFRQGLWLRQVFDQEH ŏ7KHHGLWUDWHFDQEHFKDQJHGE\RSHUDWLQJ
FKDQJHGE\WRXFKLQJWKH WKHHGLWUDWHEXWWRQ
6EXWWRQ *When the rate switching setting of all the gyros is
*When the rate switching setting of ³&21'´WKHHGLWUDWHEXWWRQLVQRWGLVSOD\HG
DOOWKHJ\URVLV³6ZLWFK´WKHHGLW
conditions are not displayed.
ŏ:KHQWKH*<52IXQFWLRQEXWWRQLVVHOHFWHG
HDFK *<52 GHWDLOHG VHWWLQJ VFUHHQ
DSSHDUV

ŏ6HWXSVFUHHQVHOHFWLRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ&RQGLWLRQ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ ŏ21 LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ

ŏ*\URW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
 >*<@>1250@
ŏ0RGHVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV  >$9&6@>1250@
ŏ*\URVHQVLWLYLW\DGMXVWPHQW

158 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>


Setting method (;$03/(!5XGGHUJ\URJDLQLVFKDQJHGZLWK
Ɣ*\URW\SHVHOHFWLRQ DVZLWFK 6) LUUHVSHFWLYHRIFRQGLWLRQ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH J\UR W\SH VHOHFWLRQ *HQHUDOO\ JDLQ LV LQWHUORFNHG ZLWK FRQGLWLRQ
LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR DQGFKDQJHVDUDWH
WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH 6HOHFW WKH J\UR W\SH + R Z  W R  F K D Q J H  W Z R  U D W H V  L Q  W K H  V D P H
E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU FRQGLWLRQKHUH
 >*<@:KHQD)XWDED*<J\URLVXVHG  6HOHFW >*<52@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX DQG
 >1250@:KHQRWKHUWKDQ)XWDED*<J\URLV DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\
XVHG WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
 7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WKH J\UR
W\SHDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
:KHQD)XWDED*<J\URLVXVHGDQG>*<@W\SHLVVHOHFWHG
WKHVHQVLWLYLW\VHWYDOXHLVGLUHFWO\UHDGLQERWKWKH$9&6
and NORM modes.

Ɣ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ *<J\UR  0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&21'@ LWHP
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH
VHOHFWLRQ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ6HOHFWWKH>6:@7RXFKWKH
WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH 6HOHFW 571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
WKH RSHUDWLRQ PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
 >$9&6@$9&6PRGH
 >1250@1RUPDOPRGH
 7 R X F K  W K H  5 7 1  E X W W R Q  W R  F K D Q J H  W K H
RSHUDWLRQ PRGH DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU QXPEHUVKRZVWKHSUHVHQWVZLWFKVWDWH,Q
PRGH WKHVWDWHRIDFXUVRULVPRYHGWR>@DQG
571LVSXVKHG
Ɣ6HQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
 $GMXVW WKH  VHQVLWLYLW\ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH >6)@LVFKRVHQE\>+:6(/(&7@DQGWKHQD
WRSLVWXUQHG21
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
:KHQ WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKH
sensitivity is reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH
Ɣ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >@ LWHP DQG WRXFK  >7<3( *<@ DQG >5$7(@ RI D VWDWH RI  6)
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ WRSDUHVHWXS
VFUHHQ6HOHFWWKHFRQWURO
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the 7KHQXPEHU
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO RID6:VWDWH
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
 $GMXVW WKH WULP UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
,WLVDVHWXSRI0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH
:KHQ WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKH
>@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
sensitivity is reset to the initial value.)
DFFHVVWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ6HOHFWWKH>@
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH PRGH
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 159
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH571EXWWRQ
>6)@LVFKRVHQE\>+:6(/(&7@DQGWKHQD
ERWWRPLVWXUQHG21WKH571EXWWRQ
 >7<3( *<@ DQG >5$7(@ RI D VWDWH RI  6)
ERWWRPDUHVHWXS

7KHQXPEHU
RID6:VWDWH

,ISRVLWLRQVZLWFKLVFKRVHQWKHFKDQJHRIUDWHVFDQEH
performed.
&RPELQHGXVHRIWZRRUPRUHVZLWFKHVFDQQRWEHSHUIRUPHG


160 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>


GOVERNOR mixing
:KHQ XVLQJ D )XWDED *9*<&*< *When using an independent governor [ON]/[OFF] switch,
JRYHUQRUWKLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRVZLWFKWKH530 connect the AUX([ON]/[OFF]) connector of the governor to
&+DQGVHWWKHVZLWFKWR&+ *RYHUQRU DWWKH)XQFWLRQ
of the helicopter's rotor head. The rotor head speed menu of the Linkage Menu.
FDQEHVZLWFKHGZLWKHDFKFRQGLWLRQRUWKHVZLWFK
Note: Always set (Control) and (Trim) to [--]
7KH JRYHUQRU LV XVHG E\ FRQQHFWLQJ WKH JRYHUQRU VSHHG for [Governor] of the Function menu of the
VHWWLQJFKDQQHOWR&+ LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ  Linkage menu.

ŏ6HOHFW>*29(5125@DWWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGDFFHVV
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\WRXFKLQJWKH571
EXWWRQ
ŏ6HWXSVFUHHQVHOHFWLRQ
(Currently selected condition name)
ŏ&RQGLWLRQ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ$&7,1+,1+ LQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH 0RGHO ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
PHQX E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTN EXWWRQ 2U WKH ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
H O M E / E X I T E X W W R Q  L V
SXVKHG

ŏ7RQH[WSDJH

ŏ8QLWGLVSOD\VHOHFWLRQ ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV
 >@>USP@ ŏ530DGMXVWPHQW

Setting method
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
 :KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH >,1+@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK 8VH WKH 6HQVRU7RXFK WR VFUROO WR HLWKHU <(6
VHQVRU LQFRUSRUDWH WKH GHIDXOW HQGSRLQWV  RU 12
HQGSRLQWVDUHQRWXWLOL]HG3UHVVWKH5HWXUQ
7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV
571 EXWWRQWRFRQÀUPWKHVHOHFWLRQPDGH
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWHWKHPL[LQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH 21 LV Ɣ530DGMXVWPHQW
GLVSOD\HG  0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHPDQGWRXFK
:KHQ WKH *RYHUQRU LV FKDQJHG IURP WKH WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
GHIDXOW LQKLELWHG ,1+  VWDWH WR WKH DFWLYH PRGH
$&7  VWDWH WKH HQGSRLQW PHQX ZLOO EH  $GMXVWWKHUSPE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
GLVSOD\HG DQG LW LV SRVVLEOH WR XWLOL]H WKH  ,QLWLDOYDOXH USP
HQGSRLQWVIRUWKLVJLYHQFRQGLWLRQ  $ G M X V W P H Q W  U D Q J H   2 ) )    a      2 ) ) 
aUSP
:KHQ WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKH
sensitivity is reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH
*When the function is set ON/OFF at the governor setup Ɣ8QLWGLSOD\VHOHFWLRQ
screen, the governor rpm setting channel end point servo  0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH81,7LWHPDQGWRXFK
travel and limit point are now initialized. WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
:KHQFKDQJHGIURP,1+WR$&7 21 WKHVHUYRWUDYHOLV PRGH6HOHFWWKHXQLWE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFK
initialized to 100 and the limit point is initialized to 155. VHQVRU
:KHQ RSHUDWLRQ LV FKDQJHG WR ,1+ DW DOO FRQGLWLRQV WKH  7 R X F K  W K H  5 7 1  E X W W R Q  W R  F K D Q J H  W K H
servo travel is initialized to 100 and the limit point is RSHUDWLRQ PRGH DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU
initialized to 135. PRGH
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 161
Ɣ'LSOD\PRGHVHOHFWLRQ <EXAMPLE>RPM rate is changed with a
:KHQ >USP@ PRGH LV VHOHFWHG DERYH VHWWLQJ WKH GLVSOD\ VZLWFK 6) LUUHVSHFWLYHRIFRQGLWLRQ
PRGHFDQEHVHOHFWHG
*HQHUDOO\ 530 UDWH LV LQWHUORFNHG ZLWK
* There is no change in the transmitter output even when the FRQGLWLRQDQGFKDQJHVDUDWH
02'(LVFKDQJHG&DOLEUDWLRQVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGYLD
+ R Z  W R  F K D Q J H  W Z R  U D W H V  L Q  W K H  V D P H
the governor.
FRQGLWLRQKHUH
,QRUGHUWRXVHWKH*RYHUQRUIXQFWLRQRIWKH76*LWLV
 6HOHFW >*29(5125@ DW WKH 0RGHO PHQX
necessary to change the settings on the governor for the low
DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ
side 700 rpm mode.
E\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
:KHQ WKH 02'( RI WKH *RYHUQRU VFUHHQ V
PRGHOPHQXLVFKDQJHGWKHFKDQJHLVDOVR
LQGLFDWHGRQVFUHHQ

 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&21'@ LWHP


DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH
VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ6HOHFWWKH>6:@7RXFKWKH
The chart below indicates the mode percentage and 571 EXWWRQ WR UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRU PRGH
the corresponding RPM. $QG>,1+@LVVHWWR>$&7@

QXPEHUVKRZVWKHSUHVHQWVZLWFKVWDWH,Q
WKHVWDWHRIDFXUVRULVPRYHGWR>@DQG
571LVSXVKHG

Ɣ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >@ LWHP DQG WRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ
VFUHHQ6HOHFWWKHFRQWURO >6)@LVFKRVHQE\>+:6(/(&7@DQGWKHQD
*For a description of the switch selection method, see the WRSLVWXUQHG21
GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHUDWHLWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
 $GMXVW WKH WULP UDWH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU  >02'(@ DQG >5$7(@ RI D VWDWH RI  6)
 ,QLWLDOYDOXH USP WRSDUHVHWXS
 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa aUSP 7KHQXPEHU
:KHQ WKH 571 EXWWRQ LV WRXFKHG IRU RQH VHFRQG WKH RID6:VWDWH
sensitivity is reset to the initial value.)
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRU
PRGH

 ,W LV D VHWXS RI  0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR
WKH >@ LWHP DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ
WR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ 6HOHFW WKH
>@7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKH
FXUVRUPRGH$QG>,1+@LVVHWWR>$&7@
162 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>@LWHPDQGWRXFK
WKH571EXWWRQ
>6)@LVFKRVHQE\>+:6(/(&7@DQGWKHQD
ERWWRPLVWXUQHG21WKH571EXWWRQ
 >02'(@ DQG >5$7(@ RI D VWDWH RI  6)
ERWWRPDUHVHWXS

7KHQXPEHU
RID6:VWDWH

,I  SRVLWLRQ VZLWFK LV FKRVHQ  UDWH FKDQJHV FDQ EH


performed.
&RPELQHGXVHRIWZRRUPRUHVZLWFKHVFDQQRWEHSHUIRUPHG


<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 163


7LPHUVHWWLQJ
TIMER ST1/ST2
The Timer function may be set for any desired a long tone at the target time, and continue counting
time, i.e. engine run time, specified times for with displaying a minus (-) sign. Count-up timers
competitions, etc. Two independent timers are also beep the last twenty and ten seconds, beep the
provided for your use. The timers are stored target time, and keep counting upwards until shut
independently with each model, meaning that down.
when you switch between model setups, the timer A mode which sounds an alarm each minute of
associated with the new model is brought up the time remaining up to the timer alarm time can
automatically. be selected.
The timers may be set to start and stop from the The HOUR mode is convenient when used in
motion of any switch or stick. You may set the ON and engine maintenance period and other long-term
OFF directions freely. Each timer has a capacity of up measurements.
to 59 minutes 59 seconds. * When the HOUR mode is set, "xx (hour): xx (minute)"
Each timer may be set for count-down (DOWN is displayed on the count time display. Seconds are not
mode) or count up (UP mode) operation with a displayed.
target time or for count up to 99 hours 59 minutes * When the HOUR mode is set, ":" blinks each second during
(HOUR mode). timer operation.
* When the HOUR mode is set, the alarm function is
If a target time is set and the timer reaches the set inhibited.
time, a buzzer sound for each count is generated.
Countdown timers sound one short beep during
the last twenty seconds and two short beeps during
the last ten seconds before reaching the target, then

ŏ6HOHFW 67 RU 67 DW WKH KRPH VFUHHQ DQG


FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ

<SensorTouch™>
ŏ6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPH 6FUROOLQJ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH KRPH ŏ0RYLQJFXUVRU
VFUHHQ E\ WRXFKLQJ WKH ŏ6HOHFWLQJPRGH
RTNEXWWRQ 2UD HOME/ ŏ$GMXVWLQJYDOXH
EXIT EXWWRQLVSXVKHG

164 <Appendix>
Timer setting 7LPHURSHUDWLRQ
Ɣ8SWLPHUGRZQWLPHUVHWWLQJ ŏ 7LPHU 67 DQG 67 DUH VWDUWHGVWRSSHG E\
SUHVHOHFWHGVWDUWVWRSVZLWFK
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQG ŏ 7R UHVHW D WLPHU RSHUDWH WKH SUHVHOHFWHG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD UHVHWVZLWFKRUPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5(6(7@
LQSXWPRGH GLVSOD\ RQ WKH WLPHU VFUHHQ DQG WRXFK WKH
 6HOHFWWKHPRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU 571EXWWRQ
DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 >83@8SWLPHU
 >'2:1@'RZQWLPHU
 >+285@+RXUPRGHWLPHU
Ɣ7LPHUWLPHVHWWLQJ
 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >$/$50@ LWHP DQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HWWKHWLPHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
 >@>@>PLQ@>VHF@
 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRHQGWKHDGMXVWPHQW
DQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH
Ɣ6ZLWFKVHWWLQJ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHLWHPRIWKHVZLWFK\RX
ZDQWWRVHWDFFHVVWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQ
E\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ6HOHFWWKHVZLWFK
DQG21GLUHFWLRQ
[For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] located on the next page.]
 >67$57@6WDUWVZLWFK
 >6723@6WRSVZLWFK
 >5(6(7@5HVHWVZLWFK
Ɣ0HPRU\VHWWLQJ
 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>0(025<@LWHPDQG
WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
 6HOHFWWKHPRGHE\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 >2))@0HPRU\IXQFWLRQ2))
 >21@0RGHZKHUHWKHWLPHULVQRWUHVHWZKHQ
WXUQHGSRZHURIIDQGVZLWFKHGWKHPRGHO
Ɣ$PRGHZKLFKVRXQGVDQDODUPHDFKPLQXWH
FDQEHVHOHFWHG
 &KDQJHWKHVHWWLQJXVLQJWKHÇEXWWRQ RU
ÈEXWWRQ 
Ç $ODUP VRXQGV HDFK PLQXWH RI WKH WLPH
HODSVHG IURP WLPHU VWDUW &RQYHQWLRQDO
PRGH
È $ODUP VRXQGV HDFK PLQXWH RI WKH WLPH
UHPDLQLQJXSWRWKHDODUPWLPH

<Appendix> 165
6ZLWFK6HWWLQJ0HWKRG
The various functions used in the T14SG can is, whenever the manual indicates that something is
be activated by a switch. For the purposes of this operated via a switch, it is possible for the user to
manual, a stick position, VR position, etc. shall be activate this setting via a stick, stick position, etc.
commonly referred to as a switch in all cases. That
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
When a switch is selected at a mixing function, etc., the selection screen shown below is called.
6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQH[DPSOH

6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ :KHQVWLFNWULPOHYHURUNQREVHOHFWHG
8VH WKH WRXFK VHQVRU WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU When a stick, trim lever, or knob is used as a
KLJKOLJKWV  WR WKH VZLWFK \RX ZDQW WR switch, two operation modes can be selected:
VHOHFWDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
*The switch blinks.
7RUHWXUQWRWKHSUHFHHGLQJVFUHHQPRYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>+:6(/(&7@DWWKHWRS
RIWKHVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
 2UPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>212))@DQG  :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH WKH PRGH
FDOOWKH212))SRVLWLRQVHWWLQJVFUHHQE\ PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR >02'(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWD LQSXW PRGH 6ZLWFK WKH GLVSOD\
WR WKH PRGH \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH E\
:KHQVZLWFKLVVHOHFWHG VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRUDQGWKHQPDNH
WKHFKDQJHE\WRXFKLQJWKH571EXWWRQ
When switch was selected, ON/OFF position  ŏ0RGH>/,1@>6<0@
setting is also performed.
*Set the ON/Off point by the method described on the next page.

$OWHUQDWHPRGHVHWWLQJ
*The ON/OFF setting state of each position is displayed.  ŏ$/7(51$7(PRGH>2))@>21@
 :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH WKH 212)) 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >$/7(51$7(@ LWHP
VHWWLQJXVHWKHWRXFKVHQVRUWRPRYHWKH DQG WRXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
FXUVRUDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFK GDWDLQSXWPRGH
WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH 6ZLWFK WKH 21 &KDQJH WR WKH PRGH \RX ZDQW WR VHW E\
2IIGLVSOD\E\VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU VFUROOLQJWKHWRXFKVHQVRU
*ON/OFF display blinks. *The mode display blinks.
:KHQWKH571EXWWRQLVWRXFKHGWKH21 7RXFKWKH571EXWWRQ 7RXFKWKH6EXWWRQ
2)) VHWWLQJ LV FKDQJHG 7RXFK WKH 6 WRVWRSWKHFKDQJH
EXWWRQWRVWRSWKHFKDQJH 7R UHWXUQ WR WKH SUHFHHGLQJ VFUHHQ PRYH
7RUHWXUQWRWKHSUHFHHGLQJVFUHHQPRYH WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>212))@DWWKHWRSRIWKH
WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >212))@ DW WKH WRS RI VFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ
WKHVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

166 <Appendix>
2SHUDWLRQPRGHV 6KLIWLQJWKH212IISRLQW
The operation modes available when stick, trim The ON/OFF point can be shifted. ON/OFF at
lever, or knob was selected are described below. a free position can be changed.

/LQHDUPRGH>/,1@

ŏ%ODFNUDQJH2))UDQJH
ŏ:KLWHUDQJH21UDQJH

[Setting method]
This mode sets ON/OFF to the left or right (up
 )LUVW XVH WKH WRXFK VHQVRU WR PRYH WKH
or down) with the set point as the reference.
FXUVRUWRWKH>326@LWHP
0RYHWKHVWLFNWULPOHYHURUNQREWRWKH
6\PPHWULFDOPRGH>6<0@ SRLQW\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWRXFKWKH
571EXWWRQ7KHSRLQWLVVKLIWHG
7RUHWXUQWRWKHSUHFHHGLQJVFUHHQPRYH
WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >212))@ DW WKH WRS RI
WKHVFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

Left and right (up and down) operations are


symmetrical near the neutral position. For instance,
when you want to switch D/R with the aileron
stick, when the stick is moved to the left or right,
DR can be turned on at the same position.

<Appendix> 167
/RJLFVZLWFK &RQGLWLRQ6HOHFWIXQFWLRQRQO\
The logic switch function lets you turn operation on and off by combining two switches.
/RJLFPRGH
 $1' :KHQ ERWK VZLWFKHV DUH 21 WKH
FRQGLWLRQLV21
 25:KHQHLWKHUVZLWFKLV21WKHFRQGLWLRQ
LV21
 (;25 :KHQ WKH WZR VZLWFKHV DUH LQ
GLIIHUHQWVWDWHVWKHFRQGLWLRQLV21

6ZLWFKPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6,1*/(@ LWHP DQG
WRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH >/2*,&@ E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH WRXFK
VHQVRU
*[LOGIC] display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WR WKH
ORJLFVZLWFKPRGH
/RJLFVZLWFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQ

/RJLFPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH ORJLF PRGH LWHP
DQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH ORJLF PRGH E\ VFUROOLQJ WKH
WRXFKVHQVRU>$1'25RU(;25@
*The mode display blinks.
7RXFK WKH 571 EXWWRQ WR FKDQJH WR WKH
ORJLFPRGH

6ZLFKVHOHFWLRQ
6HOHFWWKHULJKWDQGOHIWVZLWFKUHVSHFWLYHO\
5HIHU WR WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH SUHYLRXV
SDJH

 7R UHWXUQ WR WKH SUHFHHGLQJ VFUHHQ PRYH


WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>6:,7&+@DWWKHWRSRIWKH
VFUHHQDQGWRXFKWKH571EXWWRQ

FUTABA CORPORATION Phone: +81 475 32 6982, Facsimile: +81 475 32 6983
1080 Yabutsuka, Chosei-mura, Chosei-gun, Chiba-ken, 299-4395, Japan
©FUTABA CORPORATION 2012, 12 (2)
168 <Appendix>

You might also like